Did You Know?

Rogan Documentation

Get Started

KeyTrack helps you view Google Search Console performance inside WordPress.

Use it to monitor:

  • Clicks
  • Impressions
  • CTR
  • Average position
  • Keyword/page trends
  • Search performance changes

Getting Started

Sitemap Manager controls what appears in the WordPress core sitemap.

Use it to:

  • Enable/disable sitemap control
  • Include/exclude post types
  • Include/exclude taxonomies
  • Keep the sitemap focused on valuable content

SEO Repair Kit Complete User Guide

How to install SEO Repair Kit through Plugins

To install the free SEO Repair Kit for WordPress plugin on your WordPress site by downloading the plugin through the Plugins menu, follow the steps below.

1.Navigate to the Plugin Directory:

Log in to your WordPress dashboard. From the left-hand menu, go to Plugins

Click to Add Plugin

2.Search for SEO Repair Kit:

In the search bar located in the top right corner, type SEO Repair Kit. Look for the official plugin developed by TorontoDigits in the search results.

3.Install and Activate:

Click the Install Now button next to the SEO Repair Kit listing.

Once the installation is complete, the button will change to Activate. Click it to turn the plugin on.

4.Start the Setup Wizard:

Upon activation, you will be redirected to the welcome screen. Click the Let’s Get Started button to begin the guided configuration.

5.Configure the Link Scanner:

Choose which post types (Posts, Pages, or Media) you want the Link Scanner to automatically monitor for broken links. Once selected, click Next.

6.Connect Search Console Insights:

Authorize Google Search Console to pull clicks, impressions, CTR, and average position data directly into the KeyTrack dashboard. Click Next to proceed.

7.Enable Schema Templates:

Turn on the structured data templates that fit your content (such as Article, FAQ, Product, or Recipe schema). Click Next.

8.Set Up Notifications:

Select how you want to stay informed. You can opt-in for Weekly SEO reports, KeyTrack alerts, and Broken link alerts. Enter your preferred email address at the bottom and click Next.

9. Complete the Setup Wizard: The final screen introduces the premium AI Concierge designed for your SEO workflows. Click Finish in the bottom right corner to exit the wizard and complete the setup process.

Congratulations on installing the SEO Repair Kit plugin!


1. What SEO Repair Kit Does

SEO Repair Kit is a WordPress plugin that helps you find, monitor, and fix common SEO problems from one dashboard.

It brings together tools for:

Think of it as a practical SEO maintenance toolkit. It is designed to help you keep your website clean, searchable, and easier to audit.


2. Getting Started

Step 1: Open SEO Repair Kit

In your WordPress admin dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit

The main dashboard gives you quick access to the most important tools.

Step 2: Review Your Plan

Some tools are free, while some are paid/pro modules.

Free tools may include:

  • Links Manager with free scan limits
  • KeyTrack
  • Meta Manager
  • 404 Monitor

Paid/pro modules may include:

  • Spam Monitor module
  • Schema Manager
  • AI Chatbot
  • Unlimited Link Scanner add-on

If a feature is locked, use the Upgrade/Customize Plan area to review available modules.


3. Main SEO Repair Kit Dashboard

The dashboard is your starting point.

Use it to:

  • See your current plan status
  • Open key tools quickly
  • Check link health
  • View Spam Monitor status
  • Access Meta Manager, KeyTrack, Schema Manager, 404 Monitor, and other tools

Recommended workflow

  1. Open the dashboard.
  2. Check which tools are active.
  3. Start with Links Manager and Spam Monitor if you want a quick SEO health check.
  4. Use Meta Manager and Schema Manager for on-page SEO improvements.

4. Links Manager

Links Manager helps you scan your website links and find link-related problems.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager

Links Manager contains several tabs:

  • Links Scan
  • 404 Monitor
  • Auto Scan
  • Notifications
  • Smart Redirects
  • Internal Linking

5. Links Scan Tab

The Links Scan tab checks internal and external links on your site.

Use it to:

  • Scan pages for broken links
  • Check HTTP status codes
  • Find redirected links
  • Find unhealthy or failed links
  • Export scan results

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Links Scan.
  3. Choose what you want to scan.
  4. Start the scan.
  5. Review the results table.
  6. Fix or redirect broken URLs where needed.

Free access note

Free sites can scan Pages only up to the free scan limit. Posts and public custom post types may require the Unlimited Link Scanner add-on.

Watch Links Manager Video : https://youtu.be/lt1Qnx-hBKo?si=PAuA2HnTeTucfi5d


6. 404 Monitor

404 Monitor tracks URLs that visitors or bots tried to open but could not find.

Use it to:

  • See total 404 errors
  • Find repeated broken URLs
  • Review IP/user-agent details
  • Convert 404 errors into redirects
  • Export 404 logs
  • Clear old logs when needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to 404 Monitor.
  3. Review the list of 404 URLs.
  4. If a URL should redirect somewhere, click the redirect option.
  5. Choose the target URL.
  6. Save the redirect.

Best practice

Do not redirect every 404 automatically. Redirect only URLs that have a useful replacement page.

Watch 404 Monitor Video : https://youtu.be/SnES_fmVOuo?si=k2EY3qoijKebKIrq


7. Auto Scan

Auto Scan lets SEO Repair Kit scan links automatically on a schedule.

Use it to:

  • Schedule recurring link scans
  • Choose scan frequency
  • Choose scan scope
  • Choose post types
  • Set batch size and request timeout
  • Send automatic email reports

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Auto Scan.
  3. Enable automatic scans.
  4. Select frequency, such as daily, every 3 days, weekly, biweekly, or monthly.
  5. Choose what content should be scanned.
  6. Save settings.

Free access note

Free Link Scanner access may be limited to Pages and a limited number of links per run.


8. Notifications

Notifications show alert history and email report activity for link scans.

Use it to:

  • Review recent alerts
  • Confirm whether reports were sent
  • Check broken-link email history
  • Check clean-scan email history

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Notifications.
  3. Review the latest scan notifications.
  4. Confirm if alerts were sent successfully.

9. Smart Redirects

Smart Redirects can automatically create safer redirects for broken internal URLs.

Use it to:

  • Redirect broken singular content URLs
  • Redirect deleted post URLs to relevant archive pages
  • Enable or disable Smart Redirects per post type
  • Review generated redirect records
  • Reset Smart Redirect records if needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Smart Redirects.
  3. Enable Smart Redirects.
  4. Select the post types you want to protect.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Review generated redirect records.

Best practice

Use Smart Redirects for clear, predictable cases. For important pages, manually confirm the best target URL.


10. Redirection Manager

Redirection Manager lets you create and manage redirects.

Use it to:

  • Create 301 redirects
  • Create 302 redirects
  • Track redirect hits
  • Review redirect logs
  • Import redirects
  • Export redirects
  • Reset hit counts

How to use

  1. Open Redirection Manager.
  2. Add the source URL.
  3. Add the target URL.
  4. Choose redirect type.
  5. Save.
  6. Test the old URL in a browser.

Best practice

Use 301 redirects for permanent URL changes. Use 302 only for temporary changes.

Watch Redirection Video : https://youtu.be/2EXU_W9QDmM?si=mV8e_pIPYnEimpGI


11. Spam Monitor

Spam Monitor helps you check indexed Google results for suspicious URLs, spam signals, language mismatch, and risky pages.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor

Spam Monitor contains these tabs:

  • Dashboard
  • Spam Rules
  • Google SERP Scan
  • Search Console Cleanup
  • Alerts
  • Settings

12. Spam Monitor Dashboard

The dashboard summarizes Spam Monitor activity.

Use it to see:

  • Total SERP scans
  • Google results checked
  • Critical indexed spam
  • Cleanup queue
  • Critical/spam/suspicious SERP counts
  • Requests used
  • Cleaned URLs
  • Monitoring status
  • Resolved URLs
  • Sitemap issues
  • Last scan
  • Python engine status
  • Spam Rules sync status

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Start on the Dashboard tab.
  3. Review the KPI cards.
  4. Check the stats graph for a quick visual summary.
  5. Open risky records if something needs attention.

13. Spam Rules

Spam Rules control how Spam Monitor scores suspicious Google results.

Use it to configure:

  • Expected spam languages
  • Website allowed languages
  • Language mismatch score
  • Spam keyword categories
  • Custom blocked keywords
  • Suspicious URL patterns
  • URL pattern score
  • Clean/suspicious/spam/critical thresholds

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Go to Spam Rules.
  3. Review language rules.
  4. Select suspicious languages and allowed website languages.
  5. Review spam keyword categories.
  6. Add custom blocked keywords if needed.
  7. Review URL pattern rules.
  8. Adjust score thresholds carefully.
  9. Save rules.
  10. Sync rules if the interface shows they need syncing.

Best practice

Start with default rules first. Only adjust scores if you understand how the results are being classified.


14. Google SERP Scan

Google SERP Scan checks Google indexed results for a domain.

Use it to:

  • Run manual SERP scans
  • Choose scan depth
  • Include or exclude subdomains
  • Review returned Google SERP records
  • Review recent scan history
  • Check provider status
  • Sync Spam Rules

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Go to Google SERP Scan.
  3. Enter your domain.
  4. Select scan depth.
  5. Choose whether to include subdomains.
  6. Run the scan.
  7. Review returned SERP records.
  8. Review recent scan history.

Scan depth

Scan depth controls how many SERP requests/results are checked.

Examples:

  • 1 request = up to 10 records
  • 3 requests = up to 30 records
  • 10 requests = up to 100 records
  • 100 requests = up to 1,000 records
  • 200 requests = up to 2,000 records

Use larger scan depths carefully because they consume more provider requests.


15. Search Console Cleanup

Search Console Cleanup helps you review risky indexed URLs and organize cleanup actions.

Use it to:

  • Detect risky URLs
  • Review URL status
  • Mark cleanup status
  • Check sitemap presence
  • Open Search Console links
  • Track cleanup progress

Suggested cleanup flow

  1. Detect risky indexed URLs.
  2. Review each URL manually.
  3. Decide whether the URL is legitimate or suspicious.
  4. Remove, fix, noindex, redirect, or clean the affected page.
  5. Use Search Console to request removal or reindexing where needed.
  6. Mark status in Spam Monitor.

Best practice

Spam Monitor is a risk signal tool. Always review unfamiliar URLs before taking destructive action.


16. Spam Monitor Alerts

Alerts help you receive and review Spam Monitor notifications.

Use it to:

  • Enable alert emails
  • Choose recipients
  • Choose risk levels that trigger alerts
  • Send test emails
  • Review alert history

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Go to Alerts.
  3. Add recipient email addresses.
  4. Select risk levels.
  5. Send a test email.
  6. Save settings.

17. Scheduled Spam Monitoring

Scheduled Spam Monitoring runs Google SERP scans automatically.

Find it in:

Spam Monitor → Settings

Use it to:

  • Enable scheduled scans
  • Choose frequency
  • Choose scan depth
  • Set run time
  • Include subdomains
  • Run schedule manually for testing
  • Reset schedule settings

Available frequency options

  • Every 10 minutes, testing only
  • Every day, recommended
  • Every 3 days
  • Every week
  • Every 2 weeks
  • Every month

Recommended setup

For most websites:

  • Frequency: Every day
  • Scan depth: 3 requests / up to 30 records
  • Include subdomains: enabled if your site uses subdomains
  • Alerts: enabled for spam and critical findings

18. Spam Monitor Settings

Settings contains production and provider-related controls.

Use it to:

  • Review provider connection status
  • Review scheduled monitoring settings
  • Configure simple automation options
  • Reset schedule settings

Provider note

Free users can use the SEO Repair Kit trial provider. Paid Spam Monitor users can connect supported SERP providers where supported by their plan, such as:

  • Serper.dev
  • SERP API
  • DataForSEO

19. Meta Manager

Meta Manager controls SEO titles, meta descriptions, robots settings, and canonical settings.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager

Main areas:

  • Global settings
  • Content type settings
  • Taxonomy settings
  • Archive settings
  • Advanced robots settings
  • Per-post/page SEO controls

How to use

  1. Open Meta Manager.
  2. Configure global homepage SEO settings.
  3. Set title separator.
  4. Configure default templates for posts and pages.
  5. Configure taxonomy templates.
  6. Configure archive settings.
  7. Save changes.

Dynamic tags

You can use template tags such as:

  • %title%
  • %excerpt%
  • %site_title%
  • %sep%
  • %current_date%
  • %current_day%
  • %month%
  • %year%

Best practice

Use templates for large sites, then manually override important pages.

Watch Meta Manager Video : https://youtu.be/pjqpTLDtw7s?si=1eSc-A_nfxKtyVbV


20. Post/Page SEO Panel

SEO Repair Kit adds SEO controls inside supported editors.

Use it to:

  • Set custom SEO title
  • Set custom meta description
  • Set canonical URL
  • Set robots directives
  • Preview how a page may appear in search

Supported workflows

  • Gutenberg editor
  • Classic editor
  • Elementor workflows where supported

21. Schema Manager

Schema Manager helps you create structured data for search engines.

Use it to create schema such as:

  • Article
  • News Article
  • Blog Posting
  • FAQ
  • Product
  • Event
  • Course
  • JobPosting
  • Review
  • Recipe
  • Local Business
  • Organization
  • Website
  • Author
  • Medical Condition

How to use

  1. Open Schema Manager.
  2. Choose schema type.
  3. Fill required fields.
  4. Map fields to content where needed.
  5. Preview the schema.
  6. Validate with Google Rich Results or Schema Validator.
  7. Save.

Best practice

Only add schema that matches visible page content. Incorrect schema can hurt trust and rich result eligibility.


22. KeyTrack

KeyTrack helps you view Google Search Console performance inside WordPress.

Use it to monitor:

  • Clicks
  • Impressions
  • CTR
  • Average position
  • Keyword/page trends
  • Search performance changes

How to use

  1. Connect Google Site Kit/Search Console.
  2. Open KeyTrack.
  3. Review performance data.
  4. Select keywords/pages to monitor.
  5. Review trends and reports.

Best practice

Use KeyTrack to identify pages that are losing clicks or impressions, then improve titles, descriptions, content, and internal links.

Watch KeyTrack Video : https://youtu.be/uiWgcazUDcc?si=_jnuY39oUNpGzxzj


23. Image Alt Text Manager

Alt Text Manager helps find images without alt text.

Use it to:

  • Identify missing alt text
  • Review images
  • Update alt text
  • Improve accessibility and image SEO

How to use

  1. Open Alt Text Manager.
  2. Filter images by missing alt text.
  3. Add clear, descriptive alt text.
  4. Save updates.

Best practice

Describe the image naturally. Avoid keyword stuffing.


24. Sitemap Manager

Sitemap Manager controls what appears in the WordPress core sitemap.

Use it to:

  • Enable/disable sitemap control
  • Include/exclude post types
  • Include/exclude taxonomies
  • Keep the sitemap focused on valuable content

How to use

  1. Open Sitemap Manager.
  2. Enable SEO Repair Kit sitemap control.
  3. Select post types to include.
  4. Select taxonomies to include.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Check your sitemap URL, usually /wp-sitemap.xml.

Best practice

Exclude low-value or private content from the sitemap.


25. Bot Manager

Bot Manager helps manage crawler access.

Use it to:

  • Edit robots.txt
  • Validate robots.txt
  • Generate llms.txt
  • Manage AI crawler access
  • Allow or block selected bots

Robots.txt

Robots.txt tells crawlers which parts of your site they can access.

llms.txt

llms.txt helps AI systems understand important public information about your website.

How to use

  1. Open Bot Manager.
  2. Review robots.txt.
  3. Add or adjust rules carefully.
  4. Generate llms.txt if needed.
  5. Save.
  6. Test /robots.txt and /llms.txt in a browser.

Best practice

Be careful with Disallow rules. Blocking important pages can harm search visibility.


26. AI Chatbot

AI Chatbot provides SEO assistance inside the plugin where available by plan.

Use it to:

  • Ask SEO questions
  • Get content suggestions
  • Review optimization ideas
  • Get help understanding SEO issues

How to use

  1. Open AI Chatbot.
  2. Ask a clear question.
  3. Review the answer.
  4. Apply suggestions carefully.

Best practice

Use AI help as guidance, not as a replacement for reviewing your site manually.


27. Weekly SEO Summary

Weekly SEO Summary sends email reports with important site health information.

Reports may include:

  • Search performance
  • Link health
  • Spam Monitor status
  • Alt text coverage
  • Redirect insights
  • 404 status

How to use

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit settings.
  2. Enable weekly summaries if available.
  3. Confirm recipient email.
  4. Save settings.

28. SEO Repair Kit Settings

Settings control general plugin behavior.

Use it to:

  • Choose post types for scan features
  • Configure notification email
  • Manage available feature preferences
  • Review plugin options

Best practice

After installation, open Settings once and confirm your preferred scan scope and email address.


29. Upgrade to Pro / Customize Plan

The Upgrade to Pro page shows your plan and available modules.

Use it to:

  • Check license status
  • Upgrade to paid modules
  • Customize your plan
  • Clear license cache if your plan status looks outdated
  • Review included features

Clear License Cache

Use this button only when your license status looks outdated.

It clears the local license status cache so the plugin can fetch fresh license information.


30. Recommended First-Time Setup Checklist

After installing SEO Repair Kit:

  1. Open the main dashboard.
  2. Review your plan status.
  3. Open Settings and confirm scan post types.
  4. Run your first Links Scan.
  5. Check 404 Monitor.
  6. Configure Auto Scan if you want recurring link checks.
  7. Open Meta Manager and set global title/description templates.
  8. Review Sitemap Manager.
  9. Review Bot Manager robots.txt and llms.txt.
  10. If Spam Monitor is active, run your first Google SERP Scan.
  11. Configure Spam Monitor Alerts.
  12. Enable Scheduled Spam Monitoring if needed.
  13. Review weekly email/report settings.

31. Daily / Weekly SEO Maintenance Workflow

Daily

  • Check Spam Monitor dashboard for critical indexed spam.
  • Review urgent 404s.
  • Check notifications if alerts were sent.

Weekly

  • Run or review link scans.
  • Review KeyTrack performance.
  • Fix broken links.
  • Convert important 404s into redirects.
  • Check Spam Monitor scan history.
  • Review sitemap and bot settings if content structure changed.

Monthly

  • Review Meta Manager templates.
  • Review Schema Manager output.
  • Clear old logs if needed.
  • Export important records for backup/reporting.
  • Review plan/module needs.

32. Troubleshooting

License status looks wrong

Use Clear License Cache on the Upgrade page, then refresh.

Spam Monitor scan does not run

Check:

  • Your domain is a public live domain.
  • Provider/trial access is available.
  • Spam Rules are saved/synced.
  • You have enough SERP requests.

No Search Console data in KeyTrack

Check:

  • Google Site Kit is installed and connected.
  • Search Console property is connected.
  • Your user has permission to access the data.

/llms.txt does not show

Check:

  • Bot Manager has saved llms.txt content.
  • Permalinks are working.
  • No other plugin/server rule is redirecting the URL.

Broken links scan is slow

Try:

  • Smaller batch size
  • Fewer post types
  • Lower links per run
  • Auto Scan instead of one large manual scan

33. Safety Tips

  • Always review suspicious URLs before deleting or redirecting.
  • Use redirects only when there is a relevant target page.
  • Avoid blocking important pages in robots.txt.
  • Validate schema before relying on rich results.
  • Keep backups before large cleanup work.
  • For client sites, export reports before clearing logs.

34. Glossary

SERP

Search Engine Results Page. In SEO Repair Kit, SERP usually means Google indexed results checked by Spam Monitor.

404

A page-not-found error. It happens when a URL does not exist.

Redirect

A rule that sends visitors and bots from one URL to another.

Meta title

The SEO title search engines may show in search results.

Meta description

The short description search engines may show under a search result.

Schema

Structured data that helps search engines understand content.

Robots.txt

A file that gives crawler instructions.

llms.txt

A file intended to help AI systems understand important website information.


35. Simple Recommended Workflow for Most Users

If you are not technical, follow this simple order:

  1. Run Links Scan.
  2. Fix broken links.
  3. Check 404 Monitor.
  4. Add redirects for important missing pages.
  5. Set SEO titles and descriptions in Meta Manager.
  6. Review Sitemap Manager.
  7. Review Bot Manager.
  8. Run Spam Monitor if available.
  9. Turn on alerts and scheduled scans.
  10. Review weekly reports.

This workflow covers the biggest practical SEO maintenance tasks without requiring technical SEO knowledge.

Getting Started

404 Monitor tracks URLs that visitors or bots tried to open but could not find.

Use it to:

  • See total 404 errors
  • Find repeated broken URLs
  • Review IP/user-agent details
  • Convert 404 errors into redirects
  • Export 404 logs
  • Clear old logs when needed

Getting Started

Internal Linking helps you find and manage relevant internal links between your website pages.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking

Main areas:

  • Dashboard
  • Content Index
  • Target Keywords
  • Link Opportunities
  • Approved Links
  • Orphan Content
  • Reports
  • Settings

For normal content editing, we recommend checking Internal Linking Suggestions directly inside the post/page editor.

Use the Link Opportunities tab when you want to generate and review opportunities across the full website.

How to use

  1. Connect Google Site Kit/Search Console.
  2. Open KeyTrack.
  3. Review performance data.
  4. Select keywords/pages to monitor.
  5. Review trends and reports.

Best practice

Use KeyTrack to identify pages that are losing clicks or impressions, then improve titles, descriptions, content, and internal links.

Watch KeyTrack Video : https://youtu.be/uiWgcazUDcc?si=_jnuY39oUNpGzxzj

How to use

  1. Open Sitemap Manager.
  2. Enable SEO Repair Kit sitemap control.
  3. Select post types to include.
  4. Select taxonomies to include.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Check your sitemap URL, usually /wp-sitemap.xml.

Best practice

Exclude low-value or private content from the sitemap.

Getting Started

Alt Text Manager helps find images without alt text.

Use it to:

  • Identify missing alt text
  • Review images
  • Update alt text
  • Improve accessibility and image SEO

Introduction

Image Alt Text is an essential feature for improving both the accessibility and SEO of your website. By adding descriptive alternative text to your images, you help search engines index your content more effectively and ensure that users with visual impairments can understand what the images represent.

In the SEO Repair Kit plugin, you can easily review images that lack alt text and manually assign descriptive text to them, making sure your website adheres to SEO best practices.

Introduction

Image Alt Text is an essential feature for improving both the accessibility and SEO of your website. By adding descriptive alternative text to your images, you help search engines index your content more effectively and ensure that users with visual impairments can understand what the images represent.

In the SEO Repair Kit plugin, you can easily review images that lack alt text and manually assign descriptive text to them, making sure your website adheres to SEO best practices.

Meta Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Meta Manager brings your website’s metadata and search-engine settings together in one place.

It helps you configure SEO titles and meta descriptions, manage metadata for different content types and taxonomies, control archive metadata, configure robots directives, and access Image SEO tools.

In this guide

  • How to access Meta Manager
  • Understanding the Meta Manager tabs
  • Global Meta
  • Content Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Image SEO
  • Archives
  • Advance Settings
  • How Meta Manager settings work
  • Where to start

How to Access Meta Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager

The Meta Manager opens with several tabs for managing metadata and search-engine settings across your WordPress website.


Understanding the Meta Manager

At the top of Meta Manager, you can access six main areas:

  • Global Meta
  • Content Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Image SEO
  • Archives
  • Advance Settings

Each area controls a different part of your website’s SEO metadata or robots configuration.


Global Meta

Global Meta contains site-wide metadata settings.

You can configure:

  • Title Separator
  • Home Page SEO title
  • Home Page meta description
  • Knowledge Graph area

The Home Page section also includes a search-result-style preview.

Configure Global Meta Settings →


Content Types

Content Types lets you configure default metadata for content types registered on your WordPress website.

Depending on your website, these may include Posts, Pages, and other public custom post types.

For each available content type, you can configure:

  • Meta Title
  • Meta Description
  • Advanced Robots Meta

Configure SEO Settings for Content Types →


Taxonomies

Taxonomies lets you configure metadata for taxonomy archive pages.

Depending on the website, available taxonomies may include Categories, Tags, and custom taxonomies registered by themes or plugins.

You can configure title and description templates and control whether a taxonomy inherits global robots settings.

Configure Taxonomy Meta Settings →


Image SEO

Image SEO connects Meta Manager with SEO Repair Kit’s Image Alt Missing feature.

It provides a summary of your images and gives you access to the workflow for reviewing images that are missing alternative text.

Manage Image SEO →


Archives

Archives contains metadata controls for:

  • Author Archives
  • Date Archives
  • Search Page

Archive-specific robots controls are also available where supported.

Configure Archive Meta Settings →


Advance Settings

Advance Settings contains the Global Robots Meta configuration.

These settings provide the default robots behavior that other Meta Manager areas can inherit.

Configure Advanced Robots Meta Settings →


Individual Content Settings

Meta Manager also integrates with individual WordPress posts and pages.

This allows you to review the search preview and customize metadata for a specific piece of content without changing the default configuration for the entire content type.

Edit SEO Settings for Individual Posts & Pages →


Elementor Integration

SEO Repair Kit also provides Meta Manager controls inside Elementor Post Settings, allowing supported SEO settings to be managed while editing content with Elementor.

Use Meta Manager in Elementor →


Where Should I Start?

If you are configuring Meta Manager for the first time, start with Global Meta.

After setting your site-wide foundation, review Content Types, Taxonomies, Archives, and Advance Settings.

Configure Global Meta Settings →

Getting Started

Schema Manager helps you create structured data for search engines.

Use it to create schema such as:

  • Article
  • News Article
  • Blog Posting
  • FAQ
  • Product
  • Event
  • Course
  • JobPosting
  • Review
  • Recipe
  • Local Business
  • Organization
  • Website
  • Author
  • Medical Condition

Buy a Plan

Getting Started

Auto Scan lets SEO Repair Kit scan links automatically on a schedule.

Use it to:

  • Schedule recurring link scans
  • Choose scan frequency
  • Choose scan scope
  • Choose post types
  • Set batch size and request timeout
  • Send automatic email reports

What SEO Repair Kit Helps With

SEO Repair Kit is built around this idea:

Scan. Fix. Monitor.

It helps website owners find SEO problems, fix important issues, and keep monitoring their websites.

Getting Started

Link Scan:

Link Scan checks all internal and external links on your website to identify broken, redirected, or problematic URLs. It gives you a complete view of your site’s link health from one place — inside the Links Manager tab.

Introduction to Link Scan:
As your website grows, links naturally break or become outdated. Pages get deleted, URLs change, and external websites shut down. Manually checking every link is impossible for larger sites. Link Scan automates this process, scanning all your content and presenting results in an easy-to-understand report.

Why It Matters:
Broken links frustrate visitors, increase bounce rates, and harm SEO rankings. Link Scan helps you find and fix these issues before they damage your site’s reputation or search visibility. By identifying broken links early, you create a smoother browsing experience and maintain a healthy, professional website.

What You Can Do with Link Scan:

  • Scan selected post types (Posts, Pages, custom post types)
  • Review link URLs, HTTP status codes, and link context
  • See where each broken link appears (post title, link text)
  • Export broken links report to CSV
  • Create redirects directly from scan results
  • Edit source content to fix broken links

Requirements:

  • SEO Repair Kit plugin installed and activated
  • Post types selected for scanning in Settings
  • Active internet connection for external link checking
  • No coding skills required

Getting Started

Smart Redirects can automatically create safer redirects for broken internal URLs.

Use it to:

  • Redirect broken singular content URLs
  • Redirect deleted post URLs to relevant archive pages
  • Enable or disable Smart Redirects per post type
  • Review generated redirect records
  • Reset Smart Redirect records if needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to 404 Monitor.
  3. Review the list of 404 URLs.
  4. If a URL should redirect somewhere, click the redirect option.
  5. Choose the target URL.
  6. Save the redirect.

Best practice

Do not redirect every 404 automatically. Redirect only URLs that have a useful replacement page.

Watch 404 Monitor Video : https://youtu.be/SnES_fmVOuo?si=k2EY3qoijKebKIrq

How to Use

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking.
  2. Review your Internal Linking settings.
  3. Index your website content.
  4. Add or review Target Keywords.
  5. Open the post or page you want to edit.
  6. Review Internal Linking Suggestions inside the editor.
  7. Check the suggested anchor text and target page.
  8. Apply relevant suggestions directly while editing.
  9. Use Link Opportunities when you want to generate opportunities for the full website.
  10. Review Approved Links, Orphan Content, and Reports when needed.

Recommended workflow

For regular content updates, use Editor-level Suggestions.

Use Link Opportunities mainly when you want to scan and generate opportunities across multiple posts and pages.

Best practice

Only apply suggestions when the anchor text and target page are relevant to the content being edited.

Watch Internal Linking Video Guide

Watch the Internal Linking Video Guide

Monitor and Manage 404 Errors

SEO Repair Kit’s 404 Monitor automatically tracks requests to missing URLs on your website. It helps you identify frequently requested 404 pages, review request details, and redirect important missing URLs to relevant destinations.

In this guide, you’ll learn how to view 404 errors, filter and review records, create a redirect, and manage your 404 logs.


How to Monitor 404 Errors

1. Open the 404 Monitor

In your WordPress Dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → 404 Monitor

If no 404 errors have been recorded yet, you will see No 404 Errors Yet.

SEO Repair Kit automatically logs 404 errors when requests are made to missing URLs on your website. You do not need to start the 404 Monitor manually.


2. Review Your 404 Errors

Once 404 errors are recorded, the dashboard displays your 404 statistics and error logs.

At the top, you can review:

Total 404 Errors — Total number of recorded 404 occurrences.

Unique URLs — Number of different URLs that generated 404 errors.

Log Entries — Number of recorded 404 log entries.

Most Hit 404 — The missing URL with the highest number of recorded requests.

Below the statistics, 404 Error Logs provides details about each error, including:

URL, Hits, IP Address, User Agent, First Seen, Last Seen, and Actions.


How to Search and Filter 404 Errors

Use the filtering options when you want to find specific 404 records.

You can:

  • Use Filter by URL to search for a specific missing URL.
  • Use Filter by IP to find requests associated with an IP address.
  • Use Sort by and the order option to change how records are displayed.
  • Click Apply Filters to apply your selections.
  • Click Reset to clear the filters.

This lets you quickly narrow down the records you want to investigate.


How to Create a Redirect From a 404 Error

Not every 404 needs a redirect. However, if a missing URL has moved or has a relevant replacement, you can create a redirect directly from its 404 record.

1. Find the 404 URL and Click the Action Button

In 404 Error Logs, locate the URL you want to redirect.

Click the button in the Actions column.

SEO Repair Kit will take you to the Redirection screen.


2. Configure the Redirection

The selected 404 URL is automatically added to the Source URL field.

Complete the redirect settings:

Source URL — Automatically contains the missing URL selected from the 404 Monitor.

Target URL — Enter the relevant working URL where visitors should be sent.

Redirect Type — Choose the appropriate redirect type. Use 301 – Moved Permanently when the URL has permanently moved.

Use Regular Expression — Leave this disabled for a normal redirect unless you specifically need pattern-based matching.

After reviewing the information, click Add Redirection.

Important: Only redirect a 404 when there is a useful and relevant replacement. Avoid redirecting unrelated missing URLs to your homepage.


Manage Your 404 Records

The 404 Monitor also provides tools for managing and exporting your records.

Bulk Actions

Select multiple records using their checkboxes, choose an available Bulk Action, and click Apply.

Export CSV

Click Export CSV to export the available 404 records for reporting or offline review.

Refresh Stats

Click Refresh Stats to reload the latest 404 statistics and records.

Clear All Logs

Click Clear All Logs when you intentionally want to remove the existing 404 monitoring history.

Important: Export any records you want to keep before clearing the logs.


Should Every 404 Error Be Redirected?

No. A 404 does not automatically require a redirect.

Create a redirect when an old page has permanently moved or when there is a clear and relevant replacement.

For example:

/old-services/ → /services/

If the URL was never valid or there is no useful replacement, it can remain a 404.


What’s the Difference Between Links Scan and 404 Monitor?

Links Scan checks links contained within your WordPress content and identifies links that may be broken.

404 Monitor records requests made to missing URLs on your own website.

Using both tools helps you identify different types of link issues.

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Enable Sitemap Control

  • Toggle “Enable Sitemap Manager”
  • This activates the feature

Step 2: Select Post Types

Choose which content types you want in your sitemap:

Examples:

  • Posts ✅
  • Pages ✅
  • Reviews ✅
  • Templates ❌
  • Elementor Content ❌

👉 Only selected items will remain in the sitemap

Step 3: Select Taxonomies

Choose relevant taxonomies:

Examples:

  • Categories ✅
  • Tags (optional)
  • Custom taxonomies (job types, locations, etc.)


Step 4: Save Settings

  • Click Save Sitemap Settings
  • Confirm changes when prompted


Step 5: Verify Sitemap

Open your sitemap:

yourwebsite.com/wp-sitemap.xml

Check that:

Unwanted URLs are removed

Only selected sections are visible

Step-by-step guide

Step 1: Access to the Plugin SEO Repair Kit

  • Go to the SEO Repair Kit Dashboard.
  • Select KeyTrack from the main menu.
  • Now Select Go to Site Kit Settings.

Step 2: Sign in With Google

  • Click on Sign in with Google for Connect with Site Kit.

Step 3: Email Selection

  • Set up Email alerts if you want to be notified of any significant changes.
  • Now select Email and continue to the next step.

Step 4: KeyTrack Configuration

  • Select all 3 Checkboxes to Configure.
  • Now Allow us to go another Step.
  • Now select the Next button.
  • Now Select Go to my Dashboard.
  • Now you can select Go to SEO Kit KeyTrack.
  • Now you’ll enter in the KeyTrack Feature.

Step 5: KeyTrack Dashboard

The KeyTrack Dashboard helps you see how your website performs on Google Search in a single screen.
It shows your clicks, traffic, keywords, and rankings in easy charts and tables.

Follow these steps to view and understand your dashboard.

  1. Open the Dashboard
    • Go to your WordPress Admin
    • Click SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Overview
    This will open the main KeyTrack dashboard.
  2. Check the Performance Summary At the top, you will see 4 important numbers:
    • Total Clicks → How many people visited your site from Google
    • Total Impressions → How many times your site appeared in search results
    • Average CTR → Percentage of people who clicked your site
    • Average Position → Your average ranking on Google
    These numbers give you a quick overview of your SEO performance.
  3. View the Performance Chart Below the summary, you’ll see a graph. This chart shows:
    • Clicks
    • Impressions
    • CTR
    • Position
    Use it to:
    • Track traffic growth
    • Notice drops
    • Find spikes after updates or changes
    You can also change the date range (like last 7 days or 28 days) to compare results.
  4. Check Top Pages Scroll down to Top Pages. Here you can see:
    • Which pages get the most clicks
    • How many impressions they have
    • Their ranking position
    This helps you:
    • Find your best pages
    • Improve low-performing pages
  5. Check Top Queries (Keywords) Next, go to Top Queries. This shows:
    • Keywords people search for
    • How many clicks each keyword gets
    • Their rankings
    Use this to:
    • Discover popular keywords
    • Optimize your content
    • Target new keyword opportunities

That’s it!

The KeyTrack Dashboard makes it easy to monitor your SEO without leaving WordPress.

Check it regularly to track progress and improve your ranking

How to use

  1. Open Alt Text Manager.
  2. Filter images by missing alt text.
  3. Add clear, descriptive alt text.
  4. Save updates.

Best practice

Describe the image naturally. Avoid keyword stuffing.

How to Configure Global Meta Settings

The Global Meta tab contains site-wide metadata controls for your WordPress website.

It includes:

  • Title Separator
  • Home Page
  • Knowledge Graph

Open Global Meta

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Global Meta

You will see the Title Separator, Home Page, and Knowledge Graph sections.


Configure the Title Separator

Expand Title Separator.

The separator is used between different parts of dynamic SEO title templates.

For example:

Post Title + Separator + Site Title

Choose the separator you want to use throughout supported Meta Manager title templates.

When the Separator dynamic tag is used elsewhere in Meta Manager, SEO Repair Kit uses the separator selected here.


Configure Home Page Metadata

Expand Home Page.

The Home Page section lets you configure the default SEO title and meta description for your homepage.


Understand the SERP Preview

The preview gives you a search-result-style representation of your homepage metadata.

It can display:

  • URL
  • SEO title
  • Meta description

Use it to review your configuration while editing.

Note: Search engines may choose to display different title or description text in actual search results.


Configure the Site Title

Find Site Title.

You can build the homepage title using available dynamic tags.

The current interface provides quick tags including:

  • Site Title
  • Tagline
  • Separator
  • View all tags →

For example:

%site_title% %sep% %tagline%

SEO Repair Kit replaces the dynamic variables with the corresponding website information when generating metadata.


Review the Title Length

Meta Manager provides character feedback below the title field.

The interface recommends a title of up to 60 characters.

Use the character indicator as guidance rather than adding or removing useful information solely to reach an exact number.


Configure the Meta Description

Find Meta Description.

You can enter a description or use supported dynamic tags such as:

  • Site Title
  • Tagline
  • Separator
  • Other variables available through View all tags

The current interface recommends a meta description of up to 160 characters.

Write a concise description that accurately represents the website.


What Are Dynamic Tags?

Dynamic tags are reusable placeholders.

For example:

%site_title%

uses the current website title, while:

%sep%

uses the Title Separator selected in Global Meta.

They allow you to create reusable metadata patterns without manually entering the same values repeatedly.


Knowledge Graph

Expand Knowledge Graph.

This area is designed to provide entity-related structured information about the person or organization behind the website.

In the shared interface, advanced Knowledge Graph and Author schema functionality is presented through Schema Manager Pro.

Use Unlock Schema Manager (Pro) where that functionality is available for the current plan.

Schema Manager Documentation →

Note: Structured data can provide search engines with additional context but does not guarantee a Knowledge Panel or specific search-result feature.


Save Your Settings

After making changes, click:

SAVE CHANGES

Use Reset to Defaults only when you intentionally want to return the settings on this screen to their default configuration.

Configure SEO Settings for Content Types →

How it Work

  1. Open Schema Manager.
  2. Choose schema type.
  3. Fill required fields.
  4. Map fields to content where needed.
  5. Preview the schema.
  6. Validate with Google Rich Results or Schema Validator.
  7. Save.

Best practice

Only add schema that matches visible page content. Incorrect schema can hurt trust and rich result eligibility.

Set Your Password

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Auto Scan.
  3. Enable automatic scans.
  4. Select frequency, such as daily, every 3 days, weekly, biweekly, or monthly.
  5. Choose what content should be scanned.
  6. Save settings.

Free access note

Free Link Scanner access may be limited to Pages and a limited number of links per run.

Main Package Types

SEO Repair Kit has two main ways to buy:

– Complete Packages: best when you want the full SEO Repair Kit toolset.

– Individual Modules: best when you only need one specific tool.

How it Works

Link Scanning:
When you click Start Scan, Link Scan examines every link across your selected post types — including pages, posts, and embedded links. It checks each link’s HTTP status to determine whether it’s active, redirected, or broken — covering both internal and external URLs.

Status Detection:
Each link is tested and categorized as:

StatusDescriptionHTTP Codes
HealthyLink works properly200 OK
BrokenLink returns an error404, 403, 500, etc.
RedirectedLink points to different URL301, 302

Link Reporting:
Once the scan is complete, all detected broken links are organized into a clear, easy-to-read table. Each entry shows:

  • Post Title – Where the broken link appears
  • Type – Content type (Post, Page, etc.)
  • Status – Publication status (Published, Draft, etc.)
  • Broken Link URL – The actual failing link
  • HTTP Status Code – Error type (e.g., 404 Not Found)
  • Link Text – Anchor text used in the content
  • Redirect Action – Option to redirect the broken link
  • Edit Icon – Quickly edit the source content

Manual Detection:
You can manually trigger a scan at any time. This is especially useful after publishing new content or making major updates, ensuring broken links are caught immediately.

Fixing Broken Links:
From the report dashboard, you can fix broken links in just a few clicks:

  • Edit the link to update it with a correct URL
  • Redirect the link to a relevant working page
  • Remove the link if it’s no longer needed

Export Capability:
Click Download CSV to export the broken links report. This is useful for sharing with team members, tracking fixes, or maintaining audit records.

Proactive Monitoring:
Regular manual scans help prevent future issues. By scanning after content changes, you ensure new broken links are identified early — keeping your website healthy, user-friendly, and SEO-optimized.

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Smart Redirects.
  3. Enable Smart Redirects.
  4. Select the post types you want to protect.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Review generated redirect records.

Best practice

Use Smart Redirects for clear, predictable cases. For important pages, manually confirm the best target URL.

Step-by-Step Guide

This guide explains how to use the 404 Monitor in the SEO Repair Kit plugin to identify and manage broken URLs on your website.

Follow the steps below to monitor and analyze 404 errors.

Step 1 – Access the 404 Monitor

  1. Log in to your WordPress Admin Dashboard.
  2. In the left navigation menu, locate SEO Repair Kit.
  3. Click on 404 Monitor.

Navigation path: Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → 404 Monitor

Step 2 – View the 404 Error Logs

The 404 Monitor dashboard displays a list of all detected broken URLs on your website.

Each entry in the list represents a 404 error request that has been recorded by the plugin when a user or search engine attempts to access a page that does not exist.

For every logged error, the system provides several important details to help you understand the issue.

The URL field shows the page address that returned the 404 error.

The Referrer indicates the page where the broken link originated. This helps identify whether the error is coming from an internal page on your website or an external source.

The Hits value represents how many times the broken URL has been accessed. A higher number of hits may indicate that the issue needs immediate attention.

The Last Accessed information shows the most recent time the error occurred.

Step 3 – Identify the Source of the Error

After reviewing the error logs, the next step is to determine why the 404 error is occurring.

You can identify the source of the problem by checking the Referrer information and the requested URL. This helps you understand where the broken link originated and what might be causing the issue.

In many cases, 404 errors occur because a page has been deleted, the URL structure has changed, or a link was entered incorrectly.

Common causes of 404 errors include:

  • Internal links pointing to pages that no longer exist
  • External websites linking to incorrect URLs
  • Pages that were moved without setting up a redirect
  • Typographical errors in URLs
  • Old URLs still indexed by search engines

Step 4 – Fix the Broken URL

Once you understand the cause of the error, you can take the appropriate action to resolve it.

If the broken link is coming from inside your website, you can edit the content and update the link with the correct URL.

If the page has been moved or renamed, it is recommended to create a redirect from the old URL to the new one. Redirects ensure that visitors and search engines are automatically sent to the correct page.

In some cases, the page may have been deleted accidentally. If the content is still important, you may choose to restore or recreate the page.

Taking the correct action will help prevent visitors from encountering broken pages and will maintain a better user experience.

Step 5 – Monitor and Maintain

After fixing the issue, it is important to continue monitoring the 404 Monitor logs.

Regularly checking the logs allows you to detect new broken links and resolve them quickly. This practice helps maintain the overall health of your website.

By monitoring 404 errors consistently, you can:

  • Improve user experience
  • Maintain better SEO performance
  • Prevent search engines from indexing broken pages
  • Keep your website structure clean and organized
404 monitor

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Open Internal Linking

Go to your WordPress dashboard and navigate to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking

The Dashboard gives you a quick overview of Internal Linking activity.


Step 2: Review Settings

Open the Settings tab.

Review the available options for:

  • Internal Linking
  • Language
  • Ignore words
  • Content settings
  • Auto Linking
  • AI settings

Save your settings.

Internal Linking General Setting
Internal Linking AI Setting

Step 3: Index Your Content

Open the Content Index tab.

Content Index prepares your website content for Internal Linking analysis.

Use it to:

  • Index posts and pages
  • Review indexed content
  • Refresh the index when content changes

Complete the Content Index before using Internal Linking Suggestions.


Step 4: Add Target Keywords

Open the Target Keywords tab.

Target Keywords help define the main topic of your content.

Use it to:

  • Add a target keyword
  • Review existing keywords
  • Update keywords when the page topic changes

Use a keyword that accurately represents the page content.


Step 5: Open a Post or Page

Go to:

WordPress → Posts or Pages → Edit

Open the content you want to improve.

SEO Repair Kit will show available Internal Linking Suggestions inside the editor.

This is the recommended way to review suggestions while working on individual content.

Review the suggestions shown for the current post or page.

Check:

  • Suggested anchor text
  • Target page
  • Content relevance

Only apply links that naturally fit the content.

If the suggestion is relevant, use the available action to apply it.

After applying the link, review the content to make sure:


Step 8: Generate Full-Site Opportunities

If you want to review Internal Linking opportunities across the whole website, go to:

Internal Linking → Link Opportunities

You can generate:

  • Rule-Based Opportunities
  • AI Link Opportunities

Use this option when you want to analyze multiple indexed posts and pages together.

After generation is complete, review:

  • Source page
  • Anchor text
  • Target page
  • Relevance

Approve or apply only useful suggestions.

For normal page-by-page editing, Editor-level Suggestions are recommended instead.


Step 10: Review Approved Links

Open the Approved Links tab.

Use it to review links that have already been approved.

You can check:

  • Source page
  • Anchor text
  • Target page
  • Link status

Step 11: Check Orphan Content

Open the Orphan Content tab.

Orphan Content helps identify pages that need more incoming internal links.

To improve an important orphan page:

  1. Find a related post or page.
  2. Edit that content.
  3. Add a natural internal link to the orphan page.

Step 12: Review Reports

Open the Reports tab.

Use Reports to review Internal Linking activity and overall progress.

FAQs

1. What data sources does KeyTrack Configuration use?

KeyTrack primarily uses data from Google Search Console and search engine results (like Google rankings). It collects metrics such as keyword position, impressions, and CTR directly from these sources.

2. How many keywords can I track simultaneously?

There is usually no strict fixed limit, but it depends on your plan or system capacity. In general:

  • Small setups: hundreds of keywords
  • Medium/large projects: thousands or even unlimited tracking

3. Can I receive alerts for keyword position drops?

Yes. Most keyword tracking systems (including setups like KeyTrack) allow:

  • Alerts for ranking drops or gains
  • Notifications when keywords move significantly
    This helps you react quickly to SEO changes.

4. How often is the data updated?

Data is typically updated:

  • Daily (every 24 hours) in most tracking tools
  • Sometimes at a scheduled time you choose

5. Can I track keywords in multiple languages?

Yes. KeyTrack Configuration supports:

  • Multiple languages
  • Different countries and locations
  • Separate tracking per language setting

FAQs

1. What sitemap does this feature control?

It controls only the default WordPress sitemap:

/wp-sitemap.xml

2. Will this affect my SEO?

Yes — positively.

It helps:

  • Remove low-quality URLs
  • Improve crawl efficiency
  • Focus indexing on important pages

3. Can I exclude specific pages only?

Currently, control is based on:

  • Post types
  • Taxonomies

(Not individual URLs)

4. Why do I still see unwanted URLs?

Possible reasons:

  • Another SEO plugin is generating a different sitemap
  • Cache is not cleared
  • Sitemap Control is not enabled

5. Do I need technical knowledge?

No.

The feature is designed to be:

  • Beginner-friendly
  • Fully UI-based
  • No coding required

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Open the Image ALT Text Manager

From the WordPress admin panel, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing

This opens the Image ALT Text dashboard.

Step 2: Review the Overview Metrics

At the top of the dashboard, you’ll see key summary cards:

  • Total Images
    Displays the total number of images in your media library.
  • Missing ALT Text
    Shows how many images require optimization.
  • With ALT Text
    Confirms how many images are already optimized.
  • Health Score
    A percentage score representing your overall ALT text optimization status.

These metrics help you quickly assess image SEO health.

Step 3: Filter Images by ALT Status

Use the filter buttons to manage images efficiently:

  • All – View all images
  • Missing Alt – Show only images without ALT text
  • Has Alt – Display images already optimized

This allows you to focus only on images that need attention.

Step 4: Browse the Image Library

Scroll through the image cards in the Image Library section.
Each image card shows:

  • Image preview
  • Image title
  • Upload date
  • ALT text status indicator

Images missing ALT text are clearly highlighted.

Step 5: Add ALT Text to an Individual Image

Click Add Alt Text on any image card.

  • Enter a clear, descriptive ALT text
  • Keep it concise and relevant
  • Include keywords naturally where appropriate

Save the changes to instantly update the image.

Step 6: Monitor Optimization Progress

As ALT text is added:

  • The Missing ALT Text count decreases
  • The count of ALT Text increases
  • The Health Score improves in real time

This provides immediate feedback on your optimization progress.

Step 7: Maintain Ongoing Image Optimization

Revisit the Image ALT Text Manager regularly—especially after uploading new images—to ensure all visuals remain optimized for SEO and accessibility.

How to Configure SEO Settings for Content Types

The Content Types tab lets you define default metadata and robots behavior for different types of content on your WordPress website.

In this guide

  • Open Content Types
  • Select a content type
  • Configure Meta Title
  • Configure Meta Description
  • Use dynamic tags
  • Configure Advanced Robots Meta
  • Understand Sync Advanced Settings
  • Configure custom robots settings
  • Save settings

Open Content Types

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Content Types

SEO Repair Kit displays the content types currently registered on your website.

The exact list can vary between websites.

For example, your current test environment includes content types such as Posts, Pages and different CPT.


Select a Content Type

Expand the content type you want to configure.

For this guide, we will use Posts as the example.

The Posts area contains:

  • Title & Description
  • Advanced Robots Meta

Configure the Meta Title

Open Title & Description.

Under Meta Title for single Post, configure the default title template used for Posts.

The current interface provides quick tags including:

  • Posts Title
  • Site Name
  • Separator
  • View all tags →

A typical dynamic template can look like:

%title% %sep% %site_title%

This is a default template. Individual posts can override it from their own SEO settings.


Configure the Meta Description

Under Meta Description for single Post, configure the default description pattern.

Available quick tags include:

  • Posts Excerpt
  • Posts Title
  • Site Description
  • View all tags →

A default template can use:

%excerpt%

SEO Repair Kit replaces the dynamic value with information from each individual post.


Configure Other Content Types

Repeat the same process for other content types that require SEO metadata.

Do not assume every website will display the same content types.

The available list depends on WordPress, the active theme, and installed plugins.


Configure Advanced Robots Meta

Open Advanced Robots Meta for the selected content type.

The first important control is:

Sync Advanced Settings

When Sync Advanced Settings Is Enabled

The content type follows the global robots configuration from:

Meta Manager → Advance Settings

This is useful when you want consistent robots behavior across the website.


Use Custom Robots Settings

Disable Sync Advanced Settings when the selected content type genuinely requires its own robots configuration.

Custom controls become available.

The current Posts interface includes:

  • No Index
  • No Follow
  • No Archive
  • No Translate
  • No Image Index
  • No Snippet
  • No ODP
  • Max Snippet
  • Max Video Preview
  • Max Image Preview

Max Snippet

Controls the maximum snippet length.

In the current interface:

-1

represents an unlimited value.

Max Video Preview

Controls the maximum permitted video-preview length.

-1 represents unlimited in the current interface.

Max Image Preview

Controls the permitted image-preview size.

The interface includes options such as Large.

Important: Custom settings override the inherited global robots configuration for that content type. Do not enable No Index or other restrictive directives without understanding their indexing effect.


Save Your Content Type Settings

Click SAVE CHANGES after completing your configuration.

Repeat the process for any other content type that requires different metadata.

Configure Taxonomy Meta Settings →

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Access the Schema Manager
From your SEO Repair Kit dashboard, navigate to:
SEO Repair Kit → Schema Manager
This is your central workspace where you can create, manage, and deploy structured data (schema markup) across your website.

Step 2: Ensure Pro Feature is Active
Schema Manager is a Pro feature, so make sure:

  • Your Pro license is activated
  • The feature is enabled in your plugin

Without activation, schema options will not be available.

Step 3: Choose a Schema Type
Click on “Add New Schema” or select an existing one.
You’ll see 15+ supported schema types, such as:

Article
FAQ
Product
Event
Review
Recipe
Local Business
Course
Job Posting
Video Object
Select the schema type that best matches your content.

Step 4: Configure Schema Assignment
Decide where the schema should be applied:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Custom Post Types

This ensures the correct schema appears only on relevant content.

Step 5: Map Content Fields
Use the visual field mapper to connect your content with schema properties.
For example:

Post Title → Headline

Featured Image → Image

Content → Description

This step ensures your schema pulls dynamic, accurate data automatically.

Step 6: Customize Schema Fields
Enable or disable specific schema fields based on your needs:

  • Add custom values if required
  • Remove unnecessary fields
  • Adjust optional properties for better accuracy

This helps maintain clean and optimized structured data.

Step 7: Save Configuration
Once everything is set:

  • Click Save Schema
  • The schema will now be automatically applied to selected content

No coding or manual insertion is required.

Step 8: Validate Your Schema
After saving, test your schema using:

  • Google Rich Results Test
  • Schema validation tools

This confirms:

Your schema is eligible for rich results

No errors exist

Log In to My Account

Step by Step Guide

Using the Auto Scan Feature:

Complete Packages

Complete Packages include the full SEO Repair Kit toolset for a set number of websites.

Step by Step Guide

Using the Link Scan

Step 1: Access Link Scan
From your WordPress admin menu, go to SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → Link Scan tab.

This is your main workspace for manually scanning, reviewing, and fixing broken links across your site.

Step 2: Review the Overview Cards
At the top of the dashboard, you’ll see a quick summary of your site’s link health:

CardWhat It Shows
Total Links CheckedHow many links have been scanned during the current or last scan
Broken Links DetectedTotal number and percentage of links returning errors (such as 404)
Healthy LinksConfirms how many links are working correctly
Automation StatusIndicates whether scans are being run manually or automatically

These cards give you an instant health check before diving into details.

Step 3: Select What You Want to Scan
Use the Select Post Type dropdown to choose which content to scan, such as:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Custom post types (if available)

This lets you focus scans on specific areas of your website. For example, scan only Pages if that’s where you recently made changes.

Step 4: Start the Scan
Click the Start Scan button to begin scanning the selected content.

During the scan:

  • The scanner checks internal and external links
  • Each link is tested for availability and error responses
  • Progress is shown in real time with a progress bar

Step 5: Monitor Scan Progress
During the scan, a progress bar appears with status messages such as:

  • “Scanning… (45% complete)”
  • “Checking links in Posts…”
  • “Scan complete!”

Once finished, you’ll also see:

  • Total links scanned
  • Completion percentage
  • Time of the last scan

This confirms the scan has completed successfully.

Step 6: Review Broken Links Found
Scroll down to the Broken Links Found table to see detailed results.

Each row includes:

ColumnDescription
Post TitleWhere the broken link appears (click to edit)
TypeContent type (e.g., Post, Page)
StatusPublication status (Published, Draft, etc.)
Broken Link URLThe actual failing link address
HTTP Status CodeError type (e.g., 404 Not Found)
Link TextAnchor text used in the content
Redirect ActionButton to create a redirect for this link
Edit IconQuickly edit the source content

This table makes it easy to understand exactly where and why each issue exists.

Step 7: Fix or Redirect Broken Links

For each broken link, you can take action directly from the table:

Option 1: Edit the Link

  • Click the Edit icon (pencil) next to the broken link
  • You will be taken to the post/page editor
  • Update the broken URL to a correct working address
  • Save/Update the post

Option 2: Create a Redirect

  • Click the Redirect Action button
  • Enter the target URL (where visitors should go instead)
  • Select redirect type (301 Permanent or 302 Temporary)
  • Click Save — the redirect is created instantly

Option 3: Remove the Link

  • Click the Edit icon to go to the content
  • Delete or unlink the problematic URL
  • Save/Update the post

All actions are performed without writing any code.

Step 8: Export the Report (Optional)
Click Download CSV to export the broken links report.

The CSV file includes:

  • Post title
  • Broken link URL
  • HTTP status code
  • Link text
  • And more

This is useful for:

  • Sharing with team members
  • Tracking fixes in a spreadsheet
  • Maintaining audit records for clients

Step 9: Re-scan to Confirm Fixes
After fixing broken links, run another scan to confirm:

  • Errors are resolved
  • Your site is fully healthy
  • No new broken links exist

Regular re-scans help maintain strong SEO and user experience.

Step 10: Maintain Ongoing Link Health
Run manual scans whenever you:

  • Publish new content
  • Update existing pages
  • Migrate or delete URLs
  • Before and after site migrations

This ensures broken links never silently damage your SEO again.

Step by Step Guide

Using the Smart Redirects

Step 1: Access Smart Redirects
From your WordPress admin menu, go to SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → Smart Redirects tab.

This is where you enable, manage, and monitor automatic redirects for broken content.

Step 2: Enable Smart Redirects for Post Types

In the Smart Redirects settings section, you’ll see a list of available post types:

Post TypeToggleWhat Happens When Enabled
PostsON/OFFDeleted posts redirect to /blog/ (or your posts archive)
PagesON/OFFDeleted pages redirect to page archive (if available)
Custom Post TypesON/OFFDeleted CPT items redirect to their archive page

To enable:

  • Locate the post type you want to protect
  • Toggle the switch to ON
  • Smart Redirects is now active for that content type

Example: If you enable Smart Redirects for Posts, whenever a blog post is deleted, visitors to that post’s URL will be automatically redirected to the main blog archive page.

Note: If a post type does not have an archive page, the toggle will be disabled or hidden.

Step 3: View Generated Redirect Records

Below the settings section, you’ll see a Generated Redirects table showing all automatically created Smart Redirects.

The table includes:

ColumnDescription
Source URLThe original broken URL (e.g., /blog/deleted-post/)
Target URLWhere visitors are redirected (e.g., /blog/)
StatusActive (working) or Inactive (paused)
Created DateWhen the redirect was automatically generated
ActionsButtons to edit, toggle, or delete

Step 4: Manage Individual Redirects

For each redirect in the table, you can perform these actions:

Toggle Status (Active/Inactive):

  • Click the Status toggle (or Active/Inactive button)
  • When Active – Redirect works normally
  • When Inactive – Redirect is paused; visitors see 404 instead
  • Use this to temporarily disable a redirect without deleting it

Delete a Redirect:

  • Click the Delete button (trash icon) next to the redirect
  • Confirm deletion
  • This removes the redirect record AND deletes the linked redirect from Redirection Manager
  • The redirect will no longer work

Step 5: Reset All Records

If you want to delete ALL Smart Redirects at once:

  • Click the Reset All Records button
  • Confirm that you want to delete every Smart Redirect
  • All redirect records are permanently removed
  • Smart Redirects will stop working for all post types until re-enabled or new redirects are generated

Use this when:

  • You’re restructuring your entire website
  • You want a fresh start with redirects
  • You’re migrating to a new URL structure

Step 6: Reset Records by Selected Post Type

If you want to delete Smart Redirects for only ONE content type:

  • Click the Reset by Post Type button
  • Select which post type from the dropdown (e.g., Posts only)
  • Confirm deletion
  • Only redirects for that specific post type are removed
  • Other post types’ Smart Redirects remain intact

Example: If you reset by “Posts”, all /blog/old-post/ → /blog/ redirects are deleted, but Product redirects still work.

Step 7: Manage Redirects in Redirection Manager

All Smart Redirects also appear in the main Redirection Manager:

  • Go to SEO Repair Kit → Redirection
  • You will see all Smart Redirects listed alongside your manual redirects
  • Smart Redirects are labeled or identifiable by their source/target pattern
  • From here, you can:
    • Edit the target URL
    • Change redirect type (301 to 302, etc.)
    • View hit counts and analytics
    • Delete or modify as needed

Note: Changes made in Redirection Manager will reflect back in Smart Redirects tab.

Step 8: Test That Smart Redirects Are Working

To verify Smart Redirects is functioning:

  1. Delete a test post (or use an already deleted post)
  2. Open an incognito/private browser window
  3. Visit the deleted post’s URL directly (e.g., yoursite.com/blog/test-post/)
  4. You should be automatically redirected to the archive page (yoursite.com/blog/)
  5. Check that the redirect is a 301 (permanent) redirect

Step 9: Monitor and Maintain

  • Regular Checks: Periodically review the Generated Redirects table to see which redirects have been created
  • Clean Up: If you permanently remove an archive page, consider resetting redirects for that post type
  • Manual Overrides: If an automatic redirect isn’t appropriate for a specific URL, toggle it inactive or create a manual redirect instead

FAQs

What is a 404 error?

A 404 error occurs when a user or search engine tries to access a page that does not exist on the website. This usually happens when a page has been deleted, moved, or the URL was entered incorrectly.

Why are 404 errors important for SEO?

404 errors can negatively affect user experience and SEO performance if they occur frequently. Broken pages may prevent users from accessing content and can reduce the overall quality of your website in the eyes of search engines.

How does the 404 Monitor detect errors?

The 404 Monitor automatically tracks requests made to pages that do not exist. When WordPress returns a 404 status response, the plugin records the request and stores the information in the 404 Monitor logs.

Where can I find the 404 error logs?

You can view the detected 404 errors in your WordPress Dashboard by navigating to:

Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → 404 Monitor

This page displays all logged 404 error requests.

What should I do when I find a 404 error?

When you detect a 404 error, you should first identify the cause. If the page has moved, you can create a redirect to the correct URL. If the link is incorrect, update it within your content. In some cases, restoring the missing page may also solve the issue.

How often should I check the 404 Monitor?

It is recommended to review the 404 Monitor logs regularly, especially after making major changes to your website such as updating URLs, removing pages, or restructuring content.

Regular monitoring helps ensure that broken links are resolved quickly.

Will fixing 404 errors improve my website?

Yes. Resolving broken links improves user experience, helps search engines crawl your website more efficiently, and supports better SEO performance.

FAQs

What does Internal Linking do?

Internal Linking helps you find and manage relevant links between pages on your website.

Where should I normally check Internal Linking Suggestions?

We recommend checking suggestions directly inside the post or page editor while working on your content.

What is the Link Opportunities tab used for?

Use the Link Opportunities tab when you want to generate and review opportunities across the full website.

Do I need to use Link Opportunities for every post?

No. For normal editing, use the suggestions available directly inside the editor.

Do I need to run Content Index first?

Yes. Content Index prepares your website content for Internal Linking analysis.

What are Target Keywords?

Target Keywords define the main topic or keyword associated with your content.

Do Target Keywords help with Internal Linking Suggestions?

Yes. Relevant Target Keywords can help the system understand the focus of your pages.

What is a Link Opportunity?

A Link Opportunity is a suggested internal link between a source page and a relevant target page.

What is the difference between Editor Suggestions and Link Opportunities?

Editor Suggestions are designed for the post or page you are currently editing.

Link Opportunities are used when you want to generate opportunities across the full website.

What is the difference between Rule-Based and AI Link Opportunities?

Rule-Based Opportunities use content matching and Internal Linking rules.

AI Link Opportunities use AI-assisted analysis to find relevant relationships between pages.

Does Rule-Based Internal Linking require AI?

No.

Can I use Rule-Based and AI Opportunities together?

Yes.

Should I apply every suggestion?

No. Always review the anchor text, target page, and surrounding content first.

What is Orphan Content?

Orphan Content identifies pages that have little or no incoming internal links.

How do I improve Orphan Content?

Find a related page, open it in the editor, and add a relevant internal link to the orphan page.

What are Approved Links?

Approved Links lets you review Internal Linking suggestions that have already been approved.

What is Auto Linking?

Auto Linking automatically adds eligible internal links according to your configured settings.

Why are no Editor Suggestions showing?

Check that:

  • Internal Linking is enabled
  • Your content has been indexed
  • Relevant content exists
  • Target Keywords are configured where needed
  • Your Internal Linking settings are correct

When should I generate full-site Link Opportunities?

Use full-site generation when:

  • You have indexed many new pages
  • You want to improve Internal Linking across the website
  • You want to find missed linking opportunities
  • You want to run Rule-Based or AI analysis across multiple pages

When should I refresh the Content Index?

Refresh it after publishing new content or making major changes to existing pages.

What is the recommended workflow?

For normal content work:

Content Index → Target Keywords → Edit Post/Page → Review Editor Suggestions → Apply Relevant Links

For full-site analysis:

Content Index → Target Keywords → Link Opportunities → Generate Opportunities → Review and Apply

SEO AI Assistant Overview

SEO AI Assistant Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s SEO AI Assistant provides an AI-powered chat interface for asking questions about SEO and WordPress optimization directly from your WordPress dashboard.

You can use the assistant to get guidance about topics such as schema, sitemaps, redirects, broken links, indexing, site performance, and other SEO-related tasks.

In this guide

  • How to access SEO AI Assistant
  • Understanding the Chat Console
  • What you can ask
  • Asking SEO questions
  • Tips for better answers
  • Getting additional support
  • Where to start

How to Access SEO AI Assistant

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot

The SEO AI Assistant screen opens with the Chat Console and additional guidance on the right side.


Understanding the SEO AI Assistant

The main screen contains four important areas:

  • Chat Console
  • What can I ask?
  • Tips for best answers
  • Contact Support

The Chat Console is where you communicate with the SEO AI Assistant.


Chat Console

The Chat Console is the main conversation area.

When the assistant is available, the screen displays its current status.

Your current interface shows:

Licensed & Active

Inside the console, the assistant introduces itself and provides a field where you can enter an SEO question.


What Can I Ask?

SEO AI Assistant is designed for SEO and WordPress-related questions.

The current interface provides example questions such as:

  • “Why are my product pages not indexing?”
  • “Generate FAQ schema for this page.”
  • “Fix render-blocking resources.”
  • “Help me create a redirect map.”

These examples demonstrate the types of focused SEO questions you can ask.


What Topics Can I Ask About?

Based on the current assistant interface, you can ask for guidance about areas such as:

  • SEO
  • WordPress optimization
  • Broken links
  • Redirects
  • Schema markup
  • Sitemaps
  • Core Web Vitals
  • Site performance
  • Indexing-related questions

For the best results, ask a specific question and provide relevant context.


Tips for Better Answers

The Tips for best answers panel provides three recommendations:

  1. Ask one focused question at a time.
  2. Share context like CMS, plugin, or theme.
  3. Paste short error snippets when relevant.

Following these recommendations helps the assistant understand the problem more clearly.

How to Ask Better SEO Questions →


Keep Sensitive Information Private

The Chat Console includes the following reminder:

Conversations are processed securely. Do not share sensitive credentials.

Do not paste passwords, API keys, private access tokens, or other sensitive credentials into the chat.


Contact Support

If you need additional assistance, use the Contact Support option displayed on the right side of the SEO AI Assistant.

This provides a path to the SEO Repair Kit support team when the issue requires further help.


Where Should I Start?

If you are using SEO AI Assistant for the first time, start with one specific SEO problem.

For example:

Why are some of my pages not being indexed?

Then add relevant context about the website or issue rather than combining several unrelated problems into one question.

How to Use SEO AI Assistant →

FAQs

1: What is Image ALT text?

ALT text is a description added to images that helps search engines and screen readers understand image content.

2: Does this feature scan all images automatically?

Yes. The system automatically scans your entire media library to detect images missing ALT attributes.

3: Will adding ALT text improve SEO?

Absolutely. ALT text improves image search visibility, strengthens page relevance, and enhances accessibility.

4: Do I need technical skills to use this feature?

No. The dashboard is designed for non-technical users and requires no coding.

5: Does the health score update automatically?

Yes. The health score updates in real time as images are optimized.

How to Configure Taxonomy Meta Settings

The Taxonomies tab lets you configure metadata and robots behavior for taxonomy archive pages.

In this guide

  • Open Taxonomies
  • Select a taxonomy
  • Configure Meta Title
  • Configure Meta Description
  • Use dynamic tags
  • Configure Advanced Robots Meta
  • Inherit global settings
  • Create custom taxonomy robots settings

Open Taxonomies

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Taxonomies

The exact taxonomies depend on your website.


Select a Taxonomy

Choose the taxonomy you want to configure.

For example:

Categories

The selected taxonomy contains:

  • Title & Description
  • Advanced Robots Meta

Configure the Taxonomy Meta Title

Open Title & Description.

Find Meta Title for Category.

Available dynamic tags include:

  • Category Title
  • Site Title
  • Separator
  • View all tags

A template can use:

%term% %sep% %site_title%


Configure the Meta Description

Find Meta Description for Category.

Available tags include:

  • Category Title
  • Category Description
  • Site Title
  • View all tags

A default template can use:

%term_description%


Configure Taxonomy Robots Settings

Open Advanced Robots Meta.

With Sync Advanced Settings enabled, the taxonomy follows the robots configuration from Advance Settings.


Configure Custom Taxonomy Robots Settings

Disable synchronization when this taxonomy needs different robots behavior.

[Add Screenshot: Taxonomy custom robots controls]

The current taxonomy interface shows:

  • No Index
  • No Follow
  • No Archive
  • No Snippet
  • No Image Index
  • Max Snippet Length
  • Max Video Preview
  • Max Image Preview

Important: These controls apply to the selected taxonomy archive. They are not the same as changing robots settings for individual posts.

Click SAVE CHANGES.

FAQ's

1. What is schema markup?
Structured data for search engines.

2. Do I need coding knowledge?
No.

3. What formats are supported?
JSON-LD.

4. Can I use multiple schemas?
Yes.

5. Does it improve rankings?
Indirectly through better visibility.

6. What is FAQ schema?
Displays questions in search results.

7. Can I edit schema later?
Yes.

8. Is validation required?
Highly recommended.

9. Does it support all post types?
Yes.

10. Is it automatic?
Yes, after configuration.

Recover Your Account

FAQs

Individual Package

FAQs

Do I need technical knowledge to use Link Scan?
No. Link Scan is built for non-technical users and requires no coding or advanced setup. Just click buttons and follow the on-screen instructions.

Does Link Scan check both internal and external links?
Yes. It scans and reports both internal links (within your website) and external links (to other websites).

Will broken links affect my SEO?
Yes. Broken links can negatively impact search engine rankings and user experience. Fixing them helps maintain strong SEO performance.

How long does a scan take?
Scan time depends on your site size. Small sites (under 100 links) take seconds. Large sites with thousands of links may take a few minutes.

How often should I run a scan?
You can run scans anytime, but it’s recommended to scan regularly — especially after updating content or publishing new pages. A weekly manual scan is a good habit.

Can I fix links directly from the report?
Absolutely. The report allows you to quickly edit, update, or redirect broken links in just a few clicks.

What HTTP status codes are considered broken?
Link Scan marks any link returning an error code as broken, including:

  • 404 (Not Found)
  • 403 (Forbidden)
  • 500 (Internal Server Error)
  • 502 (Bad Gateway)
  • Any other error outside the 200-399 range

What is the difference between fixing and redirecting a link?

  • Fixing – You edit the content and change the URL to a working address
  • Redirecting – You keep the content as-is but create a redirect that sends visitors from the broken URL to a working URL

Can I scan only specific content types?
Yes. Use the Select Post Type dropdown to focus scans on Posts, Pages, or custom post types.

Will scanning slow down my website?
No. Link Scan processes links in batches and has minimal impact on site performance.

What is the CSV export for?
The CSV export allows you to share broken link reports with team members, track fixes in a spreadsheet, or maintain audit records for client reporting.

What if no broken links are found?
That’s good news! The table will be empty, and you’ll see 0 broken links in the overview cards.

FAQs

What happens when I delete a post with Smart Redirects enabled?
Smart Redirects automatically creates a 301 redirect from the deleted post URL to its post type archive page (e.g., /blog/deleted-post/ → /blog/). Visitors never see a 404 error.

Can Smart Redirects work with pages?
Yes, but only if your theme has a page archive page. Most WordPress themes do NOT have page archives by default. If page archive doesn’t exist, Smart Redirects cannot be enabled for pages.

What if my post type doesn’t have an archive?
Post types without archive pages cannot use Smart Redirects. You’ll need to create manual redirects for those content types instead.

What type of redirect does Smart Redirects use?
Smart Redirects uses 301 (Permanent) redirects. This is the SEO-friendly redirect type that passes link equity (PageRank) to the target URL.

Can I manually override a Smart Redirect?
Yes. You have several options:

  • Toggle the redirect to Inactive (pauses it)
  • Delete the redirect record entirely
  • Create a manual redirect in Redirection Manager that overrides it
  • Edit the target URL in Redirection Manager

Will Smart Redirects redirect to the exact archive page of the deleted post?
Yes. If you delete a post in the “News” category, it redirects to the main news archive (/news/), not to a category-specific archive.

Do Smart Redirects work for posts that were deleted before enabling the feature?
No. Smart Redirects only works for URLs that become broken AFTER the feature is enabled. Already-deleted posts will not automatically get redirects.

How do I stop Smart Redirects from creating a specific redirect?
Go to the Generated Redirects table, find that redirect, and either:

  • Toggle its status to Inactive (keeps record but stops redirect)
  • Delete the redirect record (permanently removes it)

Can I see how many people use a Smart Redirect?
Yes. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Redirection and view the hit count column for each redirect. This shows how many times each Smart Redirect has been used.

What happens to Smart Redirects if I uninstall the plugin?
Smart Redirects are stored in your WordPress database. If you uninstall the plugin, the redirects will stop working. If you reinstall, they should work again (unless you chose to delete all data during uninstall).

Can I use Smart Redirects AND manual redirects for the same URL?
Yes, but the redirect that executes first (usually the most specific match) will take priority. It’s best to avoid duplicate redirects.

What is the difference between Reset All Records and Reset by Post Type?

  • Reset All Records – Deletes EVERY Smart Redirect for ALL post types
  • Reset by Post Type – Deletes Smart Redirects for only ONE specific post type (e.g., only Posts, leaving Products untouched)

Will resetting records delete the redirects?
Yes. Reset actions permanently delete Smart Redirect records AND remove the corresponding redirects from Redirection Manager. These actions cannot be undone.

Does Smart Redirects work with custom post types?
Yes, as long as the custom post type has has_archive set to true when it was registered. Most custom post types support archives.

What should I do if my archive page URL changes?
If you change your archive page URL (e.g., from /blog/ to /news/), existing Smart Redirects will still point to the old URL. You’ll need to either:

  • Reset and regenerate redirects
  • Manually update target URLs in Redirection Manager

Internal Linking Overview

Internal Linking Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Internal Linking feature helps you understand and manage how pages and posts on your website connect with each other.

You can use it to index content, manage target keywords, discover link opportunities, create automatic linking rules, identify orphan content, review approved links, change URLs across content, and analyze your internal linking structure.

In this guide

  • How to access Internal Linking
  • Internal Linking navigation
  • Recommended Internal Linking workflow

How to Access Internal Linking

  1. Sign in to your WordPress Admin Dashboard.
  2. Go to SEO Repair Kit.
  3. Click Internal Linking.
Internal Linking Dashboard

Internal Linking Navigation

The Internal Linking module contains the following areas:

Dashboard

Provides an overview of your internal linking activity and website linking structure.

Content Index

Indexes website content and records internal and external link information.

Target Keywords

Manages keywords associated with target pages.

Link Opportunities

Displays potential internal links between related content.

Auto Linking

Creates keyword-to-URL rules for automatic internal linking.

URL Changer

Finds and replaces matching URLs across website content.

Approved Links

Tracks links inserted through Internal Linking workflows.

Orphan Content

Identifies content with few or no inbound internal links.

Reports

Provides reports about different parts of your website’s linking structure.

Settings

Controls Internal Linking processing, matching rules, content scope, and AI processing.

Recommended: Start by indexing your website content. Once the index is ready, review your target keywords and generate link opportunities.

Bot Manager Overview

Bot Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Bot Manager gives you tools for controlling how search-engine crawlers and AI bots interact with your WordPress website.

It brings together two important areas:

  • LLMs.txt for AI content discovery and bot access controls
  • Robots.txt for managing crawler instructions

In this guide

  • How to access Bot Manager
  • Understanding the Bot Manager tabs
  • LLMs.txt
  • AI Bot Access Control
  • Content selection
  • Robots.txt
  • Where to start

How to Access Bot Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager

The Bot Manager screen opens with two main tabs:

  • LLMs.txt
  • Robots.txt

LLMs.txt

The LLMs.txt tab provides tools for generating and managing an LLMs.txt file for your website.

The current interface lets you:

  • Control access for listed AI bots
  • Select Post Types
  • Select Taxonomies
  • Set a Posts/Terms Limit
  • Add Additional Content
  • Generate LLMs.txt
  • Review generated LLMs.txt content
  • Preview the file
  • Save the file
  • Delete LLMs.txt

Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File →


AI Bot Access Control

The AI Bot Access Control section lets you choose which listed AI bots can access your LLMs.txt file.

The current interface includes bots/services such as ChatGPT, Claude, Google Bard/Gemini, Perplexity AI, Bing Chat/Copilot, You.com, Character.AI, CCBot, Anthropic AI, DeepSeek, Grok, Qwen AI, Meta Llama, Cohere, Mistral AI, and Hugging Face.

Unchecked bots are handled according to the blocking behavior described in the Bot Manager interface.

Control AI Bot Access →


Content Selection

Bot Manager lets you choose which website content should be included when generating LLMs.txt.

You can select:

  • Post Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Maximum Posts/Terms per type
  • Additional custom content

The exact Post Types and Taxonomies available depend on what is registered on the WordPress website.

Choose Content for LLMs.txt →


Robots.txt

The Robots.txt tab provides an editor for managing your website’s robots.txt content.

From this area, you can:

  • Edit robots.txt
  • Save changes
  • Validate the file
  • Reset it to default
  • Apply an enhanced configuration
  • Delete the custom robots.txt

Manage Your Robots.txt File →


Where Should I Start?

If you are using Bot Manager for the first time, first review the LLMs.txt configuration.

Choose which AI bots you want to allow, select the content you want included, and then generate and review the file before saving it.

After that, review your Robots.txt configuration separately.

Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File →

Spam Monitor Overview

Spam Monitor Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Spam Monitor helps you monitor Google-indexed results associated with your website and identify results that may be suspicious, spammy, or critical.

It combines Google SERP scanning, configurable Spam Rules, risk scoring, Search Console cleanup, alerts, and scheduled monitoring in one place.

In this guide

  • How to access Spam Monitor
  • Understanding the Spam Monitor Dashboard
  • Spam Rules
  • Google SERP Scan
  • Search Console Cleanup
  • Alerts
  • Settings
  • Where to start

How to Access Spam Monitor

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor

The Google SERP Scan Dashboard opens.

At the top of Spam Monitor, you can access six main areas:

  • Dashboard
  • Spam Rules
  • Google SERP Scan
  • Search Console Cleanup
  • Alerts
  • Settings

Dashboard

The Dashboard provides an overview of Spam Monitor activity and the current condition of scanned Google results.

It includes information such as:

  • Total SERP scans
  • Google results checked
  • Critical indexed spam
  • Cleanup queue
  • Last scan
  • Critical SERP results
  • Spam SERP results
  • Suspicious SERP results
  • Requests used
  • Cleaned URLs
  • Monitoring activity
  • Resolved results
  • Sitemap issues
  • Python Engine status
  • Spam Rules sync status
  • Latest Risky URLs
  • Recent Alerts

Understand the Spam Monitor Dashboard →


Spam Rules

Spam Rules control how scanned Google results are evaluated.

You can configure:

  • Expected Spam Languages
  • Website Allowed Languages
  • Language Mismatch Score
  • Unexpected language detection
  • Spam Keyword Rules
  • Custom Blocked Keywords
  • Spam Keyword Score
  • URL Pattern Rules
  • Blocked URL Patterns
  • URL Pattern Score
  • Risk Score Thresholds

A Scoring Preview shows how configured rules can contribute to the final risk score.

Configure Spam Rules →


Google SERP Scan

The Google SERP Scan checks indexed Google results using the configured Spam Rules and available SERP provider.

The results can then be evaluated according to their calculated risk level.

Scan Google Results for Spam →


Search Console Cleanup

The Search Console Cleanup area provides the workflow for reviewing URLs that require cleanup-related action after suspicious or spam results have been identified.

Because this is a separate workflow, it has its own guide.

Review and Clean Up Search Console Results →


Alerts

The Alerts area controls email notifications for Spam Monitor activity.

You can configure:

  • Email alerts
  • Alert history limit
  • Alert email address
  • Risk levels that trigger alerts
  • Scan summary emails
  • Test emails

It also provides an Alert History and Alert Volume overview.

Configure Spam Monitor Alerts →


Settings

The Settings tab controls scheduled monitoring and displays important system and provider information.

It includes:

  • Scheduled Spam Monitoring
  • Frequency
  • Scan Depth
  • Run Time
  • Include Subdomains
  • Developer testing mode
  • Scheduled Website
  • Next and previous run information
  • SRK Cloud Status
  • Default Scan Behavior
  • SERP Provider status
  • Alerts Summary

Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring →


Where Should I Start?

If you are using Spam Monitor for the first time:

  1. Review Spam Rules.
  2. Confirm the website’s allowed language configuration.
  3. Review keyword and URL detection rules.
  4. Confirm the SERP provider status.
  5. Run a Google SERP Scan.
  6. Review risky results on the Dashboard.
  7. Configure Alerts.
  8. Enable scheduled monitoring if required.

Understand the Spam Monitor Dashboard →

How to Use SEO AI Assistant

How to Ask SEO AI Assistant a Question

SEO AI Assistant lets you enter an SEO or WordPress-related question and receive guidance directly inside the SEO Repair Kit dashboard.

In this guide

  • Open SEO AI Assistant
  • Check the assistant status
  • Enter a question
  • Add useful context
  • Send your question
  • Review the response
  • Ask a follow-up question
  • When to contact support

Open SEO AI Assistant

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot

The Chat Console appears on the main screen.


Check the Assistant Status

Look at the status displayed near the top-right of the Chat Console.

In the current interface, the status appears as:

Licensed & Active

This indicates the current status of the SEO AI Assistant on the website.


Enter Your SEO Question

At the bottom of the Chat Console, find the field:

Type your SEO question here…

Click inside the field and enter your question.


Ask One Focused Question

Keep each question focused on one problem.

For example, instead of asking:

My pages aren’t indexing, my website is slow, I have broken links, and I also need schema. What should I do?

separate these into individual questions.

For example:

Why might my product pages not be getting indexed?

Then address the next issue separately.


Provide Relevant Context

Include information that helps explain your situation.

Useful context can include:

  • CMS
  • Relevant plugin
  • Theme
  • Feature involved
  • What you expected to happen
  • What actually happened
  • A short error message where relevant

For example:

I’m using WordPress. I created a 301 redirect, but the old URL is still returning a 404. What should I check?

This gives the assistant more useful context than simply asking:

Why isn’t my redirect working?


Send Your Question

After entering the question, use the send arrow beside the input field.

SEO AI Assistant will process the question and display its response in the Chat Console.


Review the Answer

Read the response carefully before applying changes to your website.

For technical SEO settings—particularly redirects, indexing directives, robots configuration, or schema—make sure the suggested action matches your actual website configuration.


Ask a Follow-Up Question

If you need clarification, continue the conversation with a focused follow-up.

For example:

Where can I find this setting in SEO Repair Kit?

or:

Can you explain step 2 in simpler terms?

This lets you continue working through the same issue without starting from the beginning.


Do Not Share Sensitive Credentials

Do not enter information such as:

  • Passwords
  • API keys
  • Access tokens
  • Private login credentials

The interface itself reminds users not to share sensitive credentials.


When to Contact Support

If the issue requires account-specific or product-specific assistance that the AI conversation does not resolve, click:

Contact Support

from the right side of the page.

How to Ask Better SEO Questions →

Manage Image SEO

How to Manage Image SEO

The Image SEO tab connects Meta Manager with SEO Repair Kit’s Image Alt Missing feature.

It helps you identify images that may require alternative-text review.


Open Image SEO

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Image SEO


Understand the Image Alt Missing Summary

The Image SEO screen provides a summary card for Image Alt Missing.

It displays:

Images Missing Alt

Shows the number of detected images currently missing alternative text.

Total Images

Shows the total number of images included in the current summary.


Check Missing Alt Text

Click:

Check Missing Alt Text

SEO Repair Kit opens the dedicated Image Alt Missing workflow.

Because Image Alt Missing has its own complete workflow, detailed image review and editing should be documented separately rather than duplicated inside Meta Manager.

Alt Missing Documentation →

Best practice: Alternative text should describe the purpose or meaningful content of an image. Do not add keywords simply to fill the field, and do not force descriptive alt text onto purely decorative images.

KeyTrack Overview

KeyTrack Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s KeyTrack brings Google Search Console performance data into your WordPress dashboard.

It helps you monitor how your website performs in Google Search, including clicks, impressions, click-through rate, average position, page performance, search queries, and keyword performance tracking.


How to Access KeyTrack

  1. Sign in to your WordPress Dashboard.
  2. Go to SEO Repair Kit.
  3. Click KeyTrack.

Once the required Google integration is configured, the KeyTrack dashboard will open.


KeyTrack Sections

At the top of KeyTrack, you’ll find four sections:

Overview

Provides a summary of your website’s search performance, including:

  • Total Clicks
  • Total Impressions
  • Average CTR
  • Average Position
  • Performance chart
  • Top 5 Pages
  • Top 5 Queries

Pages

Displays search-performance information for individual website URLs.

Queries

Shows the Google Search queries associated with your website’s performance data.

Threshold

Lets you configure keyword performance tracking using a threshold reference, selected keywords, and a tracking period.


Where Does KeyTrack Get Its Data?

KeyTrack uses Google Search Console data through the Google Site Kit integration.

You can see Source: Google Search Console at the bottom of the performance tables.

Important: Google Site Kit must be installed, activated, and properly configured before KeyTrack can display Search Console performance data.


Next Step

If you have not connected Google Site Kit yet, continue with:

Set Up KeyTrack with Google Site Kit →

Understand Your Account Dashboard

Image Alt Text Manager Overview

Image Alt Text Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Image Alt Text Manager helps you find images with missing alt text and review images that already have alt text.

In this guide

  • How to access Image Alt Text Manager
  • Understand image statistics
  • Find images with missing alt text
  • Review images with alt text
  • Add alt text
  • Understand the Health Score
  • Image alt text best practices

How to Access Image Alt Text Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing

The Image Alt Text Manager screen will open.


Image Alt Text Summary

At the top of the page, you can see four summary cards:

Total Images

Shows the total number of images in the Media Library.

Missing Alt Text

Shows the number of images that are missing alt text.

With Alt Text

Shows the number of images that already have alt text.

Health Score

Shows the current alt text health score as a percentage.


Find Images with Missing Alt Text

The Image Library lets you quickly find images that do not have alt text.

At the top of the Image Library, you can use three filters:

  • All
  • Missing Alt
  • Has Alt

View Missing Alt Images

Click:

Missing Alt

The Image Library will display images that are currently missing alt text.

Images without alt text show an Add Alt Text button.

View Scan & Notification History

1. Open the Notifications Tab

In your WordPress Dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → Notifications

The Notifications screen contains two sections:

  • Scan Run History
  • Notification History

View Scan Run History

The Scan Run History section displays your recent manual and scheduled link scans.

SEO Repair Kit keeps the last 7 manual and scheduled scan runs. Older records are pruned automatically.

Each scan record can include:

Run Time — Shows when the scan was performed.

Trigger — Shows whether the scan was started manually or through the automatic scan schedule.

Scope — Shows which link scope was used for the scan.

Coverage — Shows which website content was included.

Scanned Posts — Shows the number of content items processed.

Total Links — Shows the total number of links checked.

Broken Links — Shows how many broken links were found.

Email Sent — Shows whether an email alert was sent for the scan.

Post Type Breakdown — Shows information about the post types included in the scan.

Note: If you see No scan history yet, run a scan from the Auto Scan tab. The scan history will appear here after applicable scan activity is recorded.


View Notification History

The Notification History section shows email notifications previously sent for broken-link alerts.

Each notification record can include:

Sent At — Shows when the email notification was sent.

Subject — Shows the subject of the notification email.

Recipients — Shows the email address or addresses that received the alert.

Broken Links — Shows the number of broken links associated with the notification.

Post Type Breakdown — Shows which content types were involved.

Export — Provides the available option for exporting notification information.


Why Is My Notification History Empty?

If you see:

No alert history yet

it means no applicable broken-link email alert has been recorded.

For alerts to be sent, make sure Email Alerts are enabled under:

SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → Auto Scan

and that a valid recipient email address has been added.

Alerts are sent when broken links are found and email alerts are enabled.

Set Up Automatic Link Scanning →


Reset Scan or Notification History

Both history sections include a Reset Records button.

[IMAGE 4: Reset Records buttons highlighted in both sections]

To clear a history section, click its corresponding Reset Records button.

Use the button in Scan Run History to reset scan records, or the button in Notification History to reset notification records.

Important: Reset only the history you no longer need. The two Reset Records buttons apply to their respective sections.


What’s the Difference Between Scan Run History and Notification History?

Scan Run History records link scan activity, including manual and scheduled scans.

Notification History records email alerts that were sent when broken links were found.

This means a scan can appear in Scan Run History without necessarily creating a record in Notification History, such as when no broken-link email alert is sent.

Redirection Overview

Redirection Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Redirection feature lets you create and manage URL redirects from one place.

It helps you redirect old or broken URLs to relevant destinations, review redirect activity, track redirect hits, import or export redirect rules, and configure logging and server-related redirect settings.

In this guide

  • How to access Redirection
  • Understanding the Redirection tabs
  • Redirect Analytics
  • Creating redirects
  • Managing existing redirects
  • Redirect Logs
  • Import/Export
  • Settings
  • Where to start

How to Access Redirection

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection

The Advanced Redirections screen opens.


Understanding the Redirection Dashboard

The Redirection feature contains four main tabs:

  • Redirections
  • Redirect Logs
  • Import/Export
  • Settings

Each tab handles a different part of the redirect workflow.


Redirections

The Redirections tab is the main area for creating and managing redirects.

It contains:

  • Redirect Analytics
  • Add New Redirection
  • Existing Redirections

From here, you can create redirects, review their status and hit counts, edit existing rules, delete redirects, and reset hit counts.

Create and Manage Redirects →


Redirect Analytics

At the top of the Redirections tab, Redirect Analytics provides a quick overview of redirect activity.

Total Hits

Shows the total number of recorded redirect hits.

Total Redirections

Shows the total number of redirects currently recorded.

Active Redirections

Shows how many redirects are currently active.

Most Hit Redirect

Shows the redirect receiving the highest number of recorded hits.

Use Refresh to reload the current analytics information.


Redirect Logs

Redirect Logs provides a history of redirect activity.

The log can include information such as:

  • Date
  • Action
  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • IP Address
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

This helps you review both redirect activity and recorded administrative actions.

View Redirect Logs →


Import/Export

The Import/Export tab lets you move redirect data into or out of SEO Repair Kit.

Redirections can be exported in supported formats including:

  • CSV
  • JSON
  • Nginx
  • Apache .htaccess

The import area supports the file formats displayed in the interface and provides an option for handling matching existing redirects.

Import and Export Redirects →


Settings

The Settings tab controls how Redirection handles logging and .htaccess integration.

The current interface includes:

  • Detailed Logging
  • .htaccess Sync
  • Write All Redirects to .htaccess
  • Current Logging Status
  • Database Migration

Configure Redirection Settings →


Where Should I Start?

If you are using Redirection for the first time, start by creating a simple redirect from an old URL to its correct new destination.

After creating it, test the old URL and then review its hit information.

Create and Manage Redirects →

Freelancer Package

Sitemap Manager Overview

Sitemap Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Sitemap Manager lets you control which content types and taxonomies remain included in the default WordPress core XML sitemap.

You can select the post types and taxonomies you want to keep in the sitemap and exclude content that you do not want included.

In this guide

  • How to access Sitemap Manager
  • Understand the Sitemap Manager
  • Enable Sitemap Manager
  • Select post types for the sitemap
  • Select taxonomies for the sitemap
  • Save Sitemap Manager settings
  • Sitemap Manager FAQs
  • Sitemap Manager troubleshooting

How to Access Sitemap Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager

This opens the Sitemap Manager screen.

Understand the Sitemap Manager

At the top of the page, Sitemap Manager provides information about your WordPress sitemap and the current configuration.

WordPress Core Sitemap URL

The WordPress Core Sitemap URL section displays the sitemap controlled by this feature.

The default WordPress sitemap uses:

/wp-sitemap.xml

Current Selection

The Current Selection section shows how many post types and taxonomies are currently selected.

For example:

  • 0 post types selected
  • 0 taxonomies selected

This summary changes according to your Sitemap Manager configuration.

Index Your Website Content

Index Your Website Content

Before SEO Repair Kit can analyze your internal linking structure, it needs to index your website content.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Content Index

The Content Index contains:

  • Indexed Content
  • Domains Report

In this guide

  • How to scan your website content
  • How to understand indexed content
  • How to review external domains

Run a Website Content Scan

The summary cards display:

  • Total Indexed
  • Pages
  • Posts
  • CPT Items

Under Website Content Scan, you can view the current scan status and progress.

To refresh your content index:

  1. Open Content Index.
  2. Click Start Scanning.
  3. Allow SEO Repair Kit to process your website content.
  4. Monitor the progress until processing completes.

A Pause option is also available while applicable.

[Add Screenshot: Content Index – Indexed Content section]

Understand Indexed Content

The Indexed Content table provides information about individual pages and posts.

Post Title

Displays the indexed content item.

Type

Identifies the content type, such as Post or Page.

Status

Displays the current content status.

Word Count

Shows the recorded word count.

Inbound Internal

Shows internal links pointing to the content item.

Outbound Internal

Shows internal links from the content item to other content on your website.

Outbound External

Shows links from the content item to external websites.

Last Indexed

Shows when the item was last indexed.

Actions

Provides available actions for reviewing or managing the indexed item.

View the Domains Report

Inside Content Index, select:

Domains Report

The Domains Report groups indexed external links by domain.

[Add Screenshot: Content Index – Domains Report]

The table contains:

  • Domain
  • Posts
  • Links
  • Actions

View Posts

Click View Posts to inspect content associated with the selected domain.

View Links

Click View Links to inspect links associated with that domain.

Refresh the Content Index when you need updated link information.

Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File

How to Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File

SEO Repair Kit’s LLMs.txt Generator helps you create an LLMs.txt file containing selected information and links from your WordPress website.

In this guide

  • Open the LLMs.txt Generator
  • Find your LLMs.txt URL
  • Configure the generator
  • Generate LLMs.txt
  • Review generated content
  • Preview the file
  • Save LLMs.txt
  • Delete LLMs.txt

Open the LLMs.txt Generator

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → LLMs.txt

At the top of the screen, SEO Repair Kit displays the location where the LLMs.txt file is available.


Find Your LLMs.txt File

The purple information bar displays:

Your llms.txt file is available at:

followed by your website’s LLMs.txt URL.

For example, it follows a structure such as:

https://example.com/llms.txt

Use the URL displayed for your own website rather than copying a URL from another installation.


Configure Your LLMs.txt

Before generating the file, configure:

  • AI Bot Access Control
  • Post Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Posts/Terms Limit
  • Additional Content

These settings determine the access configuration and website content used by the LLMs.txt workflow.

The following guides explain these options in detail:

Control AI Bot Access →

Choose Content for LLMs.txt →


Generate LLMs.txt

After configuring the required options, click:

Generate LLMs.txt

SEO Repair Kit generates content according to the selected configuration.


Review LLMs.txt Content

Scroll to:

LLMs.txt Content

The generated content appears in the large content area.

Review the generated content before saving the file.

Check that the information and links included are appropriate for the website.


Preview LLMs.txt

Click:

Preview

to review the LLMs.txt output before finalizing it.

This is useful for checking the generated content without relying only on the configuration controls above.


Save the LLMs.txt File

After reviewing the generated content, click:

Save LLMs.txt

This saves the current LLMs.txt content for the website.


Save Generator Settings

The generator also provides:

Save Settings

Use this to save the current generator configuration.

This is separate from the Save LLMs.txt action shown below the generated content.


Reset Generator Options

Click:

Reset Options

when you intentionally want to return the generator options to their default configuration.

Important: Review your current AI bot and content-selection settings before resetting them.


Delete LLMs.txt

The bottom of the generator provides:

Delete LLMs.txt

Use this when you intentionally want to remove the generated LLMs.txt file.

Important: Do not use Delete LLMs.txt simply because you want to regenerate the content. Use Generate LLMs.txt and the available save workflow when updating the file.

Control AI Bot Access →

Understand the Spam Monitor Dashboard

Spam Monitor Dashboard

The Dashboard gives you a central overview of scan activity, detected risks, monitoring status, and recent alerts.

In this guide

  • Main scan statistics
  • Scan and monitoring status
  • Spam Monitor Stats
  • Latest Risky URLs
  • Risk levels
  • Available URL actions
  • Recent Alerts

Open the Dashboard

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Dashboard


Review the Main Statistics

At the top-left of the Dashboard, the main summary cards provide a quick overview.

Total SERP Scans

Shows the number of SERP scans recorded by Spam Monitor.

Google Results Checked

Shows how many Google results have been checked.

Critical Indexed Spam

Shows results currently classified at the Critical risk level.

These results require careful review.

Cleanup Queue

Shows URLs currently waiting for cleanup-related action.


Review Scan and Monitoring Information

Additional cards provide more detailed information.

Last Scan

Shows the most recent completed scan.

Critical SERP

Shows the number of URLs currently classified as Critical.

Spam SERP

Shows the number classified as Spam.

Suspicious SERP

Shows the number classified as Suspicious.

Requests Used

Shows the number of requests used during the displayed period.

Cleaned URLs

Shows URLs recorded as cleaned.

Monitoring

Shows current monitoring activity.

Resolved

Shows results recorded as resolved.

Sitemap Issues

Shows detected sitemap-related issues.

Python Engine

Shows the current engine synchronization/status information.

Spam Rules

Shows whether Spam Rules are synchronized.


Spam Monitor Stats

The Spam Monitor Stats chart provides a visual representation of Spam Monitor activity.

The chart can include metrics represented by categories such as:

  • Activity
  • Completed
  • Attention
  • Issue
  • Critical

Use this area for a quick visual overview, then use the detailed tables below when you need to investigate specific URLs.


Latest Risky URLs

The Latest Risky URLs table shows recently detected indexed results that have been flagged by SERP scanning.

The table includes:

Domain

The domain associated with the result.

URL

The indexed URL detected during the scan.

Google Title

The title found for the result in Google.

Risk

Shows the assigned classification.

Score

Shows the calculated risk score.

Action

Provides available actions for investigating or handling the result.


Understand Risk Levels

The current Spam Monitor configuration uses four risk levels:

Clean: 0–30
Suspicious: 31–60
Spam: 61–80
Critical: 81–100

These ranges are controlled by the Spam Rules configuration.

Do not judge a URL only from its label. Review the URL, Google result, matched rules, and surrounding context before taking cleanup action.


Filter Risky URLs

The Dashboard provides controls for searching and filtering risky URLs.

Use:

  • Search field
  • Risk filter
  • Filter

This helps narrow the table when reviewing a larger number of results.


Export SERP Data

Click:

Export CSV

to export available SERP data for offline review or reporting.


Clear SERP Data

Use:

Clear SERP Data

only when you intentionally want to remove the stored SERP data shown by this workflow.

Review or export required information before clearing it.


Review Available URL Actions

The current Dashboard displays actions such as:

  • Review
  • SERP
  • Cleanup

Use Review when you want to inspect the result further.

Use SERP for the available SERP-related workflow.

Use Cleanup when the URL needs to move into the cleanup workflow.


Recent Alerts

At the bottom, Recent Alerts shows the latest alert deliveries.

Information includes:

  • Date
  • Domain
  • Type
  • Risk
  • Score
  • Status

You can also:

  • Export CSV
  • Clear History

For full alert management, open the Alerts tab.

Configure Spam Rules →

How to Ask Better SEO Questions

How to Get Better Answers from SEO AI Assistant

The quality of an AI response depends partly on how clearly the problem is described.

SEO AI Assistant provides several recommendations for asking effective questions.

In this guide

  • Ask one focused question
  • Include website context
  • Include short error messages
  • Explain expected and actual behavior
  • Avoid sensitive information
  • Example questions

Ask One Focused Question at a Time

The interface recommends:

Ask one focused question at a time.

Instead of combining unrelated SEO issues, handle them separately.

Less focused

My website is slow, pages aren’t indexed, redirects don’t work, and I need schema.

More focused

My WordPress product pages are not being indexed. What should I check first?

Once that issue is addressed, move to the next problem.


Share Relevant Context

The interface recommends sharing context such as:

  • CMS
  • Plugin
  • Theme

For example:

I’m using WordPress with SEO Repair Kit. I created a redirect from an old page to a new page, but the source URL still returns a 404.

This provides useful context about both the environment and the problem.


Paste Short Error Snippets When Relevant

If WordPress or another tool displays an error, include the relevant part of that error in your question.

For example:

My sitemap returns a 404 error. What should I check?

If an error message is available, add the short relevant portion.

Avoid pasting large amounts of unrelated logs.


Explain What You Expected

For troubleshooting questions, explain:

What you expected → What actually happened

For example:

I expected /old-page/ to redirect to /new-page/, but /old-page/ still returns a 404.

This makes the problem easier to understand.


Use Specific Questions

Instead of:

Help with SEO.

try:

How should I handle a page that permanently moved to a new URL?

Instead of:

My schema doesn’t work.

try:

I added FAQ schema to a WordPress page. What should I check if it isn’t being detected?


Example Questions

You can use questions such as:

Indexing

Why might my WordPress page not be indexed?

Redirects

I permanently moved a page to a new URL. Which redirect should I use?

Broken Links

I found a broken internal link. Should I update the link or create a redirect?

Schema

How should I structure FAQ schema for this page?

Performance

What should I check when render-blocking resources are affecting page performance?

Sitemaps

My sitemap is available but a page isn’t appearing in it. What should I check?


Protect Sensitive Information

Provide enough context to explain the problem, but do not provide credentials.

Avoid sharing:

  • Passwords
  • API secrets
  • Private tokens
  • Login credentials

SEO AI Assistant FAQs →

Configure Archive Meta Settings

How to Configure Archive Meta Settings

The Archives tab lets you configure metadata and robots behavior for archive and search pages.

The current interface includes:

  • Author Archives
  • Date Archives
  • Search Page

In this guide

  • Open Archive Settings
  • Configure Author Archives
  • Configure Author robots settings
  • Understand Date Archives
  • Configure Search Page metadata
  • Configure archive-specific robots settings

Open Archive Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Archives


Configure Author Archives

Expand Author Archives.

Open:

Title & Description

Configure Meta Title for Author

Available quick tags include:

  • Author Name
  • Separator
  • Site Title
  • View all tags

A dynamic template can combine the author name with your site title.

Configure the Author Meta Description

Available values include:

  • Author Biography
  • Archive Description
  • Site Description
  • View all tags

Use the preview to review the generated metadata.


Configure Author Archive Robots Settings

Open:

Advanced Robots Meta

Enable Sync Advanced Settings if Author Archives should inherit global robots settings.

Disable it if custom archive behavior is intentionally required.

The current interface includes:

  • No Index
  • No Archive
  • No Image Index
  • No Follow
  • No Snippet
  • Max Snippet Length
  • Max Image Preview
  • Max Video Preview

Important: Your test screenshot shows No Index selected. This is a test-site configuration and should not be presented as a universal recommendation.


Configure Date Archives

Expand Date Archives.

Use the options available in the current interface to configure date-based archive behavior.

If metadata or robots controls are available, configure them according to whether date archives are useful for the website.


Configure the Search Page

Expand:

Search Page

Open:

Title & Description


Configure Search Meta Title

Available quick tags include:

  • Search Term
  • Separator
  • Site Title
  • View all tags

A template can use the visitor’s search term dynamically.


Configure Search Meta Description

Available tags include:

  • Archive Description
  • Site Description
  • View all tags

Review the Preview after configuring the template.

Open Advanced Robots Meta if search-page-specific robots behavior is required.

Click SAVE CHANGES.

Set Up KeyTrack with Google Site Kit

Before you can use KeyTrack, your WordPress website needs the Google Site Kit integration required by the feature.

If the integration is unavailable, KeyTrack displays a setup screen instead of performance reports.

In this guide

You’ll learn:

  • How to identify when Google Site Kit is required
  • How to start the installation
  • What needs to be configured before using KeyTrack
  • How to verify that KeyTrack is ready

Open KeyTrack

From your WordPress Dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack

If Google Site Kit is not available, SEO Repair Kit displays the setup notice.

It should clearly show:

  • Google Site Kit requirement
  • Installation instructions
  • Install & Activate Google Site Kit button

Install Google Site Kit

The setup screen provides the required workflow:

  1. Install the Google Site Kit plugin.
  2. Activate the Google Site Kit plugin.
  3. Set up Google Site Kit so it can integrate with SEO Repair Kit.

Click:

Install & Activate Google Site Kit

and complete the Site Kit setup process.

Note: Make sure the Search Console data you want to use belongs to the website you are configuring.


Verify the Connection

After completing the Site Kit configuration:

  1. Return to SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack.
  2. KeyTrack should load its main interface.
  3. Check that the Overview, Pages, Queries, and Threshold tabs are available.
  4. Review the Overview to confirm that performance information is being displayed.

Use only the top section of your Overview screenshot, showing:

  • KeyTrack
  • Overview
  • Pages
  • Queries
  • Threshold
  • Date selector
  • four metric cards

If KeyTrack Still Shows the Setup Screen

Check that:

  • Google Site Kit is installed.
  • Google Site Kit is activated.
  • Site Kit setup has been completed.
  • The required Google services are connected for the website.

Then return to KeyTrack and check again.


Next Step

Monitor Search Performance with KeyTrack →

View Your Purchases

Add Alt Text to an Image

Add Alt Text to an Image

To add alt text:

  1. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing.
  2. Select Missing Alt.
  3. Find the image you want to update.
  4. Click Add Alt Text.
  5. Add the required alt text.
  6. Save the change.

After alt text is added, the image can be reviewed under the Has Alt filter.


Review Images with Existing Alt Text

To view images that already have alt text:

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing.
  2. Go to the Image Library.
  3. Click Has Alt.

The Image Library will display images that currently have alt text.

Each image card shows the current value under:

ALT:

Set Up Smart Redirects

How to Set Up Smart Redirects for Broken Internal Links

Smart Redirects helps prevent eligible broken internal singular URLs from leaving visitors on a 404 page. When enabled for a supported post type, SEO Repair Kit can create a 301 redirect from the broken URL to that post type’s archive page.

In this guide

  • How Smart Redirects work
  • Enabling Smart Redirect automation
  • Choosing post types
  • Saving settings
  • Reviewing Smart Redirect records
  • Filtering records
  • Managing generated redirects
  • Resetting Smart Redirect records
  • Opening the Redirection Manager

Open Smart Redirects

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → Smart Redirects


How Smart Redirects Work

Smart Redirects are designed for eligible broken internal singular pages.

For example:

/case-studies/broken-slug/ → /case-studies/

/blog/deleted-post/ → /blog/

/products/old-item/ → /products/

Instead of sending the visitor to a missing page, the generated 301 redirect sends them to the relevant post-type archive.

Smart Redirects only apply where the feature can determine an appropriate archive destination.


Enable Smart Redirect Automation

Select:

Enable Smart Redirect automation

Then choose the post types for which you want this behavior enabled.


Choose Post Types

Each available post type is displayed separately.

Where an archive is available, the interface shows the destination that can be used.

Some post types may display:

No archive page

These cannot be enabled for this Smart Redirect behavior because there is no applicable archive destination.

Enable only the post types for which automatic archive redirects make sense.


Save Smart Redirect Settings

After choosing the required post types, click:

Save Settings

SEO Repair Kit will use the saved configuration when processing eligible broken internal links.


Smart Redirect Records

Generated Smart Redirects appear under Smart Redirect Records.

This area lets you review and manage records created by the feature.

Available information includes:

  • Post Type
  • Source URL
  • Redirects To
  • Status
  • Actions
  • Created

Filter Smart Redirect Records

Use the filters to narrow the list by:

  • Post type
  • Status

Click Filter to apply your selection.

Click Reset to clear the filters.


Manage Smart Redirect Records

Depending on the available action for a record, you can review or manage its status from the records table.

Generated redirects are created as 301 (permanent) redirects and can also be managed through SEO Repair Kit’s Redirection Manager.


Manage All Redirects

Click Manage All Redirects to open the main Redirection Manager.

Use the Redirection Manager when you need broader control over redirects beyond Smart Redirect automation.


Reset Smart Redirect Records

The interface provides reset options including:

Reset All Smart Records

and

Reset This Post Type

Use these actions carefully because they affect stored Smart Redirect records

Create and Manage Redirects

How to Create and Manage Redirects

The Redirections tab lets you create new URL redirects and manage existing redirect rules.

It also provides analytics so you can review redirect activity.

In this guide

  • Open Redirections
  • Understand Redirect Analytics
  • Create a new redirect
  • Enter the Source URL
  • Enter the Target URL
  • Select a Redirect Type
  • Use Regular Expression
  • Review existing redirects
  • Edit or delete a redirect
  • Reset redirect hits
  • Use bulk actions

Open Redirections

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Redirections


Understand Redirect Analytics

At the top of the page, review Redirect Analytics.

Four summary cards are displayed.

Total Hits

Shows the total number of recorded hits across your redirects.

Total Redirections

Shows the total number of redirect rules.

Active Redirections

Shows the number of redirects currently marked as active.

Most Hit Redirect

Shows the redirect with the highest recorded hit activity.

Click Refresh when you want to reload the displayed analytics.

If the full Redirections screenshot already shows these cards clearly, you do not need a separate screenshot here.


Add a New Redirection

Find:

Add New Redirection

To create a redirect, you need to define where the request comes from and where it should go.


Enter the Source URL

In Source URL, enter the URL you want to redirect from.

For example:

/old-page/

The Source URL represents the old, changed, or otherwise redirected location.


Enter the Target URL

In Target URL, enter the destination to which the visitor should be redirected.

For example:

/new-page/

Make sure the destination is relevant to the original URL and is the location you actually want visitors to reach.


Select the Redirect Type

Open the Redirect Type dropdown and choose the appropriate redirect type.

The screenshot shows:

301 – Moved Permanently

A 301 redirect is intended for a URL that has permanently moved to a new destination.

Important: Your current screenshot only confirms 301 – Moved Permanently as a visible selection. If you want the documentation to explain every redirect type available in the dropdown, take one screenshot with the dropdown open so we can document the exact available options without guessing.


Use Regular Expression

The form also provides:

Use Regular Expression

This option is intended for redirect rules that use a regular-expression pattern instead of a simple URL match.

For a normal one-to-one redirect such as:

/old-page/ → /new-page/

leave this option disabled.

Use regular expressions only when the redirect rule intentionally requires pattern matching.


Create the Redirect

After entering the required information:

  1. Enter the Source URL.
  2. Enter the Target URL.
  3. Select the appropriate Redirect Type.
  4. Enable Use Regular Expression only when required.
  5. Click Add Redirection.

The new redirect is then added to the Existing Redirections area.


Understand Existing Redirections

The Existing Redirections table displays your current redirect rules.

The table includes:

Source URL

The URL from which the redirect starts.

Target URL

The destination URL.

Type

Shows the redirect type, such as 301.

Status

Shows the current status of the redirect.

Your screenshot shows Active.

Source

Shows how the redirect was created.

For example, the screenshot contains MANUAL for a manually created redirect.

Hits

Shows the number of recorded times the redirect has been triggered.

Actions

Provides management actions for the redirect.

The current interface includes:

  • Edit
  • Delete
  • Reset Hits

Edit a Redirect

Click Edit beside the redirect you want to change.

Review the Source URL, Target URL, redirect type, and other available settings carefully before saving your changes.

After editing a redirect, test the Source URL again to confirm it leads to the intended destination.


Delete a Redirect

Click Delete when a redirect rule is no longer required.

Important: Deleting the redirect means requests to that Source URL will no longer be handled by that redirect rule.


Reset Hits for a Redirect

Click Reset Hits to reset the recorded hit count for an individual redirect.

This affects the hit statistics; it does not mean the redirect itself has been deleted.


Reset All Hits

Use:

Reset All Hits

to reset hit counts across the redirect records.

Use this carefully if historical hit information is important for your reporting.


Manage Multiple Redirects

Use the checkboxes in Existing Redirections to select records.

Then use:

Bulk Actions → Apply

to perform an available bulk operation on the selected records.

Review your selection before applying a bulk action.


Test Your Redirect

After creating or modifying a redirect:

  1. Open the Source URL.
  2. Confirm that it redirects.
  3. Confirm that the correct Target URL opens.
  4. Return to Redirection if you need to review the recorded hit information.

View Redirect Logs →

Studio Package

Manage Target Keywords

Manage Target Keywords

Target Keywords help SEO Repair Kit associate words and phrases with particular website pages.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Target Keywords

[Add Screenshot: Target Keywords Engine]

In this guide

  • Understanding keyword coverage
  • Target keyword sources
  • Searching keywords
  • Managing target keywords
  • Refreshing keyword information

Understand the Target Keywords Summary

The summary cards display:

Post Coverage

Shows how much indexed content currently has keyword coverage.

Total Keywords

Shows the total number of available target keywords.

Custom/Manual

Shows keywords that have been manually configured.

GSC Impressions

Displays available Google Search Console impression data where applicable.

Target Keyword Sources

Available source filters include:

  • All
  • Title
  • Slug
  • Taxonomy
  • Custom

The available keyword information depends on the keyword sources configured in Internal Linking settings.

Search for Keywords

Use the search field to search by:

  • Post title
  • Keyword

Then click Filter.

Understand the Keyword Table

Target Post

The page associated with the keywords.

Active Keywords

Keywords currently associated with that target.

Clicks

Displays available click data.

Impr.

Displays available impression data.

CTR

Displays click-through rate data where available.

Avg. Pos

Displays average position data where available.

Actions

Provides the Manage action for the selected target.

Refresh Target Keywords

Click Refresh Keywords when you need SEO Repair Kit to refresh keyword information from the configured sources.

Control AI Bot Access

How to Control AI Bot Access

The AI Bot Access Control section lets you choose which listed AI bots can access your LLMs.txt file.

In this guide

  • Find AI Bot Access Control
  • Understand checked and unchecked bots
  • Select individual bots
  • Select or deselect all bots
  • Save your configuration

Open AI Bot Access Control

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → LLMs.txt

Find:

AI Bot Access Control


Understand Bot Access

Each listed bot has a checkbox.

The interface explains that unchecked bots are blocked through server-level checks and robots.txt rules.

It also states that bots not listed in this section are allowed by default.

Therefore, review the available bots carefully according to how you want the site configured.


Select Individual AI Bots

Check the box beside a bot you want enabled according to Bot Manager’s access-control workflow.

The current interface lists:

  • ChatGPT (GPTBot)
  • ChatGPT User
  • Claude (Anthropic)
  • Google Bard/Gemini
  • Perplexity AI
  • Bing Chat/Copilot
  • You.com
  • Character.AI
  • CCBot (Common Crawl)
  • Anthropic AI
  • DeepSeek
  • Grok (xAI)
  • Qwen AI (Alibaba)
  • Meta Llama
  • Cohere
  • Mistral AI
  • Hugging Face

Note: Bot/service names and available controls can change between plugin versions. Document the options shown in the current Bot Manager interface.


Deselect All Bots

The section provides:

Deselect All

Use this when you intentionally want to clear all currently selected AI bot options.

Review the note below the bot list before doing so because unchecked bots are subject to the blocking behavior described by the interface.


Save the Configuration

After changing bot access:

  1. Review the selected bots.
  2. Configure the content you want included in LLMs.txt.
  3. Click Save Settings.
  4. Generate LLMs.txt again if the file needs to reflect the updated configuration.
  5. Review and save the generated file.

Choose Content for LLMs.txt →

Configure Spam Rules

How to Configure Spam Rules

Spam Rules determine how SEO Repair Kit evaluates scanned Google results and assigns risk scores.

In this guide

  • Rules Sync Status
  • Language Rules
  • Expected Spam Languages
  • Website Allowed Languages
  • Language Mismatch Score
  • Spam Keyword Rules
  • Custom Blocked Keywords
  • URL Pattern Rules
  • Score Thresholds
  • Scoring Preview
  • Saving and syncing rules

Open Spam Rules

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Spam Rules


Check Rules Sync Status

At the top, Rules Sync Status shows whether your Spam Rules are synchronized.

The interface also provides:

  • Last Synced
  • Rules Hash
  • Sync Rules Now
  • Save All Rules

Use Sync Rules Now when you need to run the available rules synchronization action.

Use Save All Rules after changing Spam Rules.


Configure Language Rules

The Language Rules section helps identify Google results whose detected language does not match your expected website language configuration.

Expected Spam Languages

Use Expected Spam Languages to configure languages used by this detection workflow.

The interface provides:

Browse languages…

for selecting languages.


Website Allowed Languages

Use Website Allowed Languages for languages that are valid for your website.

For example, if your website’s normal content is English, English can be configured as an allowed language.

Select the legitimate languages used by your website rather than marking them as unexpected.


Language Mismatch Score

Language Mismatch Score controls the score contribution when the language mismatch rule is triggered.

The current screenshot shows a value of:

45

This value is configurable, so documentation should not treat 45 as a permanent fixed value.


Flag Unexpected Languages

Enable Flag Unexpected Languages when you want non-allowed detected languages to contribute to spam evaluation according to the configured rule.


Configure Spam Keyword Rules

The Spam Keyword Rules section provides category-based keyword detection in titles, snippets, and URLs.

The current interface includes categories such as:

  • Gambling
  • Adult Content
  • Pharma Spam
  • Vape / Tobacco / Shisha
  • Counterfeit / Luxury
  • JP / CN Ecommerce Spam

Each category contains predefined keyword rules.

Enable the categories you want Spam Monitor to check.


Review Category Keywords

Use View defaults where available to review the predefined keywords associated with a category.

This helps you understand what the category is designed to detect before enabling or changing related rules.


Add Custom Blocked Keywords

Use:

Custom Blocked Keywords

to add site-specific keywords you want the scanner to consider.

The current interface instructs:

One keyword per line

For example, if your site has a known spam pattern not adequately covered by the predefined categories, its relevant terms can be added here.

Do not add legitimate business terms simply because they sometimes appear in spam; overly broad keywords can increase false positives.


Spam Keyword Score

Spam Keyword Score controls the score contribution associated with keyword detection.

The current screenshot shows:

35

Again, this is configurable rather than a universal fixed value.


Configure URL Pattern Rules

The URL Pattern Rules section detects suspicious URL slugs and injected URL patterns in Google results.

The current interface provides:

Detect Fake Product URLs

Enable this rule when you want Spam Monitor to evaluate fake-product-style URL patterns.

Detect Suspicious URL Slugs

Enable this rule when suspicious URL slug detection should be included.


Add Blocked URL Patterns

Use:

Blocked URL Patterns

to enter URL patterns that should be checked.

The interface states:

One per line. Use /regex/ or plain substring.

This allows custom suspicious URL patterns to be added according to the website’s needs.


URL Pattern Score

URL Pattern Score controls the risk-score contribution associated with URL pattern detection.

The current screenshot shows:

35


Configure Score Thresholds

The Score Thresholds section determines how raw scores map to risk levels.

The current configuration shown is:

  • Clean: 0–30
  • Suspicious: 31–60
  • Spam: 61–80
  • Critical: 81–100

Editable fields include:

  • Clean Max
  • Suspicious Max
  • Spam From
  • Critical From

Review these carefully before changing them because they affect how scan results are classified.


Understand the Scoring Preview

The Scoring Preview provides a live example of how enabled rules contribute to a result’s score.

For example, the current screen demonstrates contributions from:

  • Mismatch hit
  • Pharma keyword
  • Suspicious slug

and then calculates a:

Final score

The interface caps the displayed risk score at 100.

This preview helps you understand how several rule matches can combine into a higher risk classification.


Save Spam Rules

After making changes, click:

Save All Rules

The interface indicates that rules are saved in WordPress and synchronized to the Python SERP engine.


Reset Spam Rules

Use:

Reset Spam Rules

only when you intentionally want to reset the configured Spam Rules.

Review your custom languages, keywords, patterns, scores, and thresholds before resetting.

Scan Google Results for Spam →

Redirection

Redirection Overview

Redirection Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Redirection feature lets you create and manage URL redirects from one place.

It helps you redirect old or broken URLs to relevant destinations, review redirect activity, track redirect hits, import or export redirect rules, and configure logging and server-related redirect settings.

In this guide

  • How to access Redirection
  • Understanding the Redirection tabs
  • Redirect Analytics
  • Creating redirects
  • Managing existing redirects
  • Redirect Logs
  • Import/Export
  • Settings
  • Where to start

How to Access Redirection

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection

The Advanced Redirections screen opens.


Understanding the Redirection Dashboard

The Redirection feature contains four main tabs:

  • Redirections
  • Redirect Logs
  • Import/Export
  • Settings

Each tab handles a different part of the redirect workflow.


Redirections

The Redirections tab is the main area for creating and managing redirects.

It contains:

  • Redirect Analytics
  • Add New Redirection
  • Existing Redirections

From here, you can create redirects, review their status and hit counts, edit existing rules, delete redirects, and reset hit counts.

Create and Manage Redirects →


Redirect Analytics

At the top of the Redirections tab, Redirect Analytics provides a quick overview of redirect activity.

Total Hits

Shows the total number of recorded redirect hits.

Total Redirections

Shows the total number of redirects currently recorded.

Active Redirections

Shows how many redirects are currently active.

Most Hit Redirect

Shows the redirect receiving the highest number of recorded hits.

Use Refresh to reload the current analytics information.


Redirect Logs

Redirect Logs provides a history of redirect activity.

The log can include information such as:

  • Date
  • Action
  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • IP Address
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

This helps you review both redirect activity and recorded administrative actions.

View Redirect Logs →


Import/Export

The Import/Export tab lets you move redirect data into or out of SEO Repair Kit.

Redirections can be exported in supported formats including:

  • CSV
  • JSON
  • Nginx
  • Apache .htaccess

The import area supports the file formats displayed in the interface and provides an option for handling matching existing redirects.

Import and Export Redirects →


Settings

The Settings tab controls how Redirection handles logging and .htaccess integration.

The current interface includes:

  • Detailed Logging
  • .htaccess Sync
  • Write All Redirects to .htaccess
  • Current Logging Status
  • Database Migration

Configure Redirection Settings →


Where Should I Start?

If you are using Redirection for the first time, start by creating a simple redirect from an old URL to its correct new destination.

After creating it, test the old URL and then review its hit information.

Create and Manage Redirects →

Create and Manage Redirects

How to Create and Manage Redirects

The Redirections tab lets you create new URL redirects and manage existing redirect rules.

It also provides analytics so you can review redirect activity.

In this guide

  • Open Redirections
  • Understand Redirect Analytics
  • Create a new redirect
  • Enter the Source URL
  • Enter the Target URL
  • Select a Redirect Type
  • Use Regular Expression
  • Review existing redirects
  • Edit or delete a redirect
  • Reset redirect hits
  • Use bulk actions

Open Redirections

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Redirections


Understand Redirect Analytics

At the top of the page, review Redirect Analytics.

Four summary cards are displayed.

Total Hits

Shows the total number of recorded hits across your redirects.

Total Redirections

Shows the total number of redirect rules.

Active Redirections

Shows the number of redirects currently marked as active.

Most Hit Redirect

Shows the redirect with the highest recorded hit activity.

Click Refresh when you want to reload the displayed analytics.

If the full Redirections screenshot already shows these cards clearly, you do not need a separate screenshot here.


Add a New Redirection

Find:

Add New Redirection

To create a redirect, you need to define where the request comes from and where it should go.


Enter the Source URL

In Source URL, enter the URL you want to redirect from.

For example:

/old-page/

The Source URL represents the old, changed, or otherwise redirected location.


Enter the Target URL

In Target URL, enter the destination to which the visitor should be redirected.

For example:

/new-page/

Make sure the destination is relevant to the original URL and is the location you actually want visitors to reach.


Select the Redirect Type

Open the Redirect Type dropdown and choose the appropriate redirect type.

The screenshot shows:

301 – Moved Permanently

A 301 redirect is intended for a URL that has permanently moved to a new destination.

Important: Your current screenshot only confirms 301 – Moved Permanently as a visible selection. If you want the documentation to explain every redirect type available in the dropdown, take one screenshot with the dropdown open so we can document the exact available options without guessing.


Use Regular Expression

The form also provides:

Use Regular Expression

This option is intended for redirect rules that use a regular-expression pattern instead of a simple URL match.

For a normal one-to-one redirect such as:

/old-page/ → /new-page/

leave this option disabled.

Use regular expressions only when the redirect rule intentionally requires pattern matching.


Create the Redirect

After entering the required information:

  1. Enter the Source URL.
  2. Enter the Target URL.
  3. Select the appropriate Redirect Type.
  4. Enable Use Regular Expression only when required.
  5. Click Add Redirection.

The new redirect is then added to the Existing Redirections area.


Understand Existing Redirections

The Existing Redirections table displays your current redirect rules.

The table includes:

Source URL

The URL from which the redirect starts.

Target URL

The destination URL.

Type

Shows the redirect type, such as 301.

Status

Shows the current status of the redirect.

Your screenshot shows Active.

Source

Shows how the redirect was created.

For example, the screenshot contains MANUAL for a manually created redirect.

Hits

Shows the number of recorded times the redirect has been triggered.

Actions

Provides management actions for the redirect.

The current interface includes:

  • Edit
  • Delete
  • Reset Hits

Edit a Redirect

Click Edit beside the redirect you want to change.

Review the Source URL, Target URL, redirect type, and other available settings carefully before saving your changes.

After editing a redirect, test the Source URL again to confirm it leads to the intended destination.


Delete a Redirect

Click Delete when a redirect rule is no longer required.

Important: Deleting the redirect means requests to that Source URL will no longer be handled by that redirect rule.


Reset Hits for a Redirect

Click Reset Hits to reset the recorded hit count for an individual redirect.

This affects the hit statistics; it does not mean the redirect itself has been deleted.


Reset All Hits

Use:

Reset All Hits

to reset hit counts across the redirect records.

Use this carefully if historical hit information is important for your reporting.


Manage Multiple Redirects

Use the checkboxes in Existing Redirections to select records.

Then use:

Bulk Actions → Apply

to perform an available bulk operation on the selected records.

Review your selection before applying a bulk action.


Test Your Redirect

After creating or modifying a redirect:

  1. Open the Source URL.
  2. Confirm that it redirects.
  3. Confirm that the correct Target URL opens.
  4. Return to Redirection if you need to review the recorded hit information.

View Redirect Logs →

View Redirect Logs

How to View Redirect Logs

The Redirect Logs tab provides a history of recorded redirect activity.

Depending on the event, the log can include redirect hits and administrative actions such as redirect creation or deletion.

In this guide

  • Open Redirect Logs
  • Understand log records
  • Understand redirect actions
  • Review visitor information
  • Review referrers
  • Clear redirect logs

Open Redirect Logs

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Redirect Logs


Understand the Redirect Logs

Each log entry contains information about the recorded event.

The current table includes:

  • Date
  • Action
  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • IP Address
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

Date

Shows when the event was recorded.

This helps you understand when a redirect was triggered or when a recorded administrative action occurred.


Action

Shows the type of recorded activity.

Your current interface displays examples including:

  • REDIRECT
  • CREATED
  • DELETED

REDIRECT represents a recorded redirect hit.

Administrative actions such as CREATED and DELETED provide history about changes made to redirect records.


Source URL

Shows the source associated with the logged redirect event.

For redirect hits, this helps identify which URL initiated the redirect.


Target URL

Shows the destination associated with the redirect.

This allows you to review where the request was directed.


IP Address

Shows the recorded IP address where available.

Visitor-level information depends on your logging configuration.


User Agent

Shows the recorded user-agent information.

This can provide information about the browser, bot, client, or process associated with the request.

Administrative actions in your screenshot can also appear as Admin Action.


Referrer

Shows available information about where the request or action originated.

For administrative events, your screenshot includes WordPress Admin.


Clear Redirect Logs

Click:

Clear Logs

when you intentionally want to remove the stored redirect log history.

Important: Clearing logs removes historical information you may need for troubleshooting or review. Clear them only when that history is no longer required.

Detailed visitor logging is controlled from the Settings tab.

Import and Export Redirects →

Import and Export Redirects

How to Import and Export Redirects

The Import/Export tab lets you back up, migrate, or transfer redirect configurations using supported file formats.

In this guide

  • Open Import/Export
  • Export redirects
  • Choose an export format
  • Import redirects
  • Update existing redirects
  • Understand supported formats
  • Understand the file-size limit

Open Import/Export

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Import/Export


Export Redirections

The Export Redirections section lets you download your redirect configuration.

Choose the required export format.

The current interface provides:

CSV

A simple text-based format.

JSON

A structured format suitable for programmatic use and data transfer.

Nginx

Exports redirect configuration for Nginx.

Apache .htaccess

Exports redirect rules for Apache .htaccess.


Export Your Redirects

To export:

  1. Open Import/Export.
  2. Select the required export format.
  3. Click Export Redirections.
  4. Save the exported file in an appropriate location.

Exporting can be useful before migration or major redirect changes.


Import Redirections

The lower section provides:

Import Redirections

You can drag and drop supported files into the upload area or click to browse for files.

The interface allows multiple files to be selected.


Update Existing Redirections

Before importing, review:

Update Existing Redirections

When this option is checked, the interface states that existing redirects with matching IDs will be updated.

Otherwise, matching existing redirects are skipped.

Use this option carefully when importing redirects into a site that already contains redirect records.


Supported Import Formats

The Need Help? section provides exact import-format information.

CSV

Supported CSV file extensions include:

.csv

The interface specifies columns:

source_url, target_url, redirect_type, status, is_regex

JSON

Supported JSON files should contain an array of redirect objects using the same field names.

Apache .htaccess

The importer can process standard Apache rules such as:

  • Redirect
  • RedirectMatch
  • RewriteRule

The interface states that each supported rule is converted into an SEO Repair Kit redirect entry.


File Size Limit

The current interface specifies a maximum import file size of:

10MB

For larger files, split the data into multiple imports.


Import the File

After selecting the file:

  1. Review whether Update Existing Redirections should be enabled.
  2. Click Import Redirections.
  3. Review your Redirections tab after the import.
  4. Verify important Source and Target URL mappings.

Configure Redirection Settings →

Configure Redirection Settings

How to Configure Redirection Settings

The Settings tab controls redirect logging, .htaccess integration, and migration from previous Redirection data.

In this guide

  • Open Redirection Settings
  • Enable Detailed Logging
  • Configure .htaccess Sync
  • Write all redirects to .htaccess
  • Review logging status
  • Migrate previous redirect records
  • Save settings

Open Redirection Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Settings


Configure Detailed Logging

The first setting is:

Detailed Logging

Enable:

Log every redirect hit with visitor details

when you want redirect hits logged with visitor information.

The interface states that this can include:

  • IP
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

Administrative changes such as:

  • Create
  • Update
  • Delete
  • Import

are always logged regardless of this setting.

Privacy note: Visitor-level logging can involve information such as IP addresses. Configure data collection and retention according to your site’s applicable privacy requirements.


Configure .htaccess Sync

The next option is:

Enable automatic .htaccess rule generation

When enabled, SEO Repair Kit automatically writes supported redirect rules to .htaccess for Apache/LiteSpeed servers.

The interface advises disabling this option if you prefer PHP-only redirects or use Nginx.


Write All Redirects to .htaccess

The additional option is:

Write all redirects to .htaccess (not just regex and media files)

According to the interface, by default only regex patterns and media-file redirects are written to .htaccess.

Enable this option when you intentionally want all redirects written to .htaccess.

Important: .htaccess affects server-level request handling. Use these settings only on a compatible server configuration.


Save Redirection Settings

After making changes, click:

Save Settings


Review Current Logging Status

Below the settings, SEO Repair Kit displays:

Current Logging Status

Your current screenshot shows:

Detailed Logging: Enabled

and indicates that redirect hits are being logged with visitor details.

This section provides a quick way to confirm whether detailed logging is currently active.


Database Migration

At the bottom of the page, you will find:

Database Migration

This section is intended for redirect records created by a previous version of the plugin.

The interface explains that existing records can be migrated to the new Advanced Redirection system.

The current screenshot shows:

Status: No migration needed – database is up to date.

A Run Migration Now button is also available.

Important: Database migration is not part of the normal process for creating a redirect. Use it when migration from previous Redirection records is actually required.

Redirection FAQs →

Redirection FAQs

Redirection Frequently Asked Questions

Where can I find Redirection?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → Redirection


What is a Source URL?

The Source URL is the URL from which the redirect starts.

For example:

/old-page/


What is a Target URL?

The Target URL is the destination users should reach.

For example:

/new-page/


What does 301 – Moved Permanently mean?

It indicates that the resource has permanently moved from the Source URL to the Target URL.


What does Hits mean?

Hits shows the number of recorded times a redirect has been triggered.


Can I reset redirect hit counts?

Yes.

Use Reset Hits for an individual redirect or Reset All Hits for the available redirect records.


What information is available in Redirect Logs?

The current interface can display:

  • Date
  • Action
  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • IP Address
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

Can I export my redirects?

Yes.

The current export options are:

  • CSV
  • JSON
  • Nginx
  • Apache .htaccess

Can I import redirects?

Yes.

The current import area supports CSV, JSON, and Apache .htaccess according to the help information displayed in the interface.


What is the maximum import file size?

The current interface specifies a maximum file size of 10MB.


What does Update Existing Redirections do?

When enabled during import, existing redirects with matching IDs can be updated. Otherwise, matching existing redirects are skipped.


What does Detailed Logging do?

When enabled, redirect hits can be logged with visitor details including IP address, User Agent, and Referrer.


Are administrative changes logged?

The current Settings interface states that create, update, delete, and import actions are logged regardless of the Detailed Logging setting.


Should I enable .htaccess Sync on Nginx?

The interface specifically says automatic .htaccess generation is for Apache/LiteSpeed and advises disabling it if you use Nginx.


What is Database Migration?

It is provided for migrating redirect records from a previous plugin version to the current Advanced Redirection system.

Redirection Troubleshooting

Redirection Troubleshooting

Use this guide when a redirect or Redirection feature is not behaving as expected.

In this guide

  • Redirect does not work
  • Redirect points to the wrong page
  • Redirect hit count does not increase
  • Redirect logs do not contain visitor details
  • Import does not work
  • Existing redirect was skipped during import
  • .htaccess rules are not being generated
  • Database migration issues

A Redirect Does Not Work

First review the redirect under:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Redirections

Check:

  1. The Source URL is correct.
  2. The Target URL is correct.
  3. The redirect shows Active.
  4. The appropriate redirect type is selected.
  5. Use Regular Expression is not enabled accidentally for a normal URL redirect.

Then test the Source URL again.


A Redirect Opens the Wrong Page

Open the redirect and review its Target URL.

Make sure the destination is the intended replacement for the Source URL.

Edit the redirect if the destination is incorrect.


Redirect Hit Count Does Not Increase

First test the actual Source URL.

Then click Refresh in Redirect Analytics and review the redirect’s Hits value.

Also review Redirect Logs for a corresponding REDIRECT event.


Redirect Logs Do Not Show Visitor Details

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Settings

Check:

Detailed Logging → Log every redirect hit with visitor details

If detailed visitor logging is required, make sure the option is enabled and save the settings.


An Import File Cannot Be Imported

Check that:

  • The file uses a supported import format.
  • The file is within the 10MB limit.
  • CSV columns use the expected structure.
  • JSON uses the expected redirect-object fields.
  • .htaccess contains supported rule formats.

For CSV, the interface expects:

source_url, target_url, redirect_type, status, is_regex


Existing Redirects Are Skipped During Import

Check:

Update Existing Redirections

If it is disabled, the interface states that existing redirects with matching IDs are skipped.

Enable it only when you intentionally want matching records updated.


.htaccess Rules Are Not Being Generated

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Settings

Check:

Enable automatic .htaccess rule generation

Also confirm that the website uses a compatible Apache/LiteSpeed environment.

For Nginx, the interface advises using a different approach rather than .htaccess synchronization.


Database Migration Shows No Migration Needed

If the Database Migration section displays:

No migration needed – database is up to date

no normal migration action is required.

Do not repeatedly run migration simply because the button is available.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, collect:

  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • Redirect Type
  • Redirect status
  • Relevant Redirect Log
  • Redirection Settings screenshot
  • Server type where relevant
  • SEO Repair Kit version
  • WordPress version

Do not include private credentials or unnecessary personal visitor information in support screenshots.

Then contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Sitemap Manager

Getting Started

Sitemap Manager controls what appears in the WordPress core sitemap.

Use it to:

  • Enable/disable sitemap control
  • Include/exclude post types
  • Include/exclude taxonomies
  • Keep the sitemap focused on valuable content

How to use

  1. Open Sitemap Manager.
  2. Enable SEO Repair Kit sitemap control.
  3. Select post types to include.
  4. Select taxonomies to include.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Check your sitemap URL, usually /wp-sitemap.xml.

Best practice

Exclude low-value or private content from the sitemap.

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Enable Sitemap Control

  • Toggle “Enable Sitemap Manager”
  • This activates the feature

Step 2: Select Post Types

Choose which content types you want in your sitemap:

Examples:

  • Posts ✅
  • Pages ✅
  • Reviews ✅
  • Templates ❌
  • Elementor Content ❌

👉 Only selected items will remain in the sitemap

Step 3: Select Taxonomies

Choose relevant taxonomies:

Examples:

  • Categories ✅
  • Tags (optional)
  • Custom taxonomies (job types, locations, etc.)


Step 4: Save Settings

  • Click Save Sitemap Settings
  • Confirm changes when prompted


Step 5: Verify Sitemap

Open your sitemap:

yourwebsite.com/wp-sitemap.xml

Check that:

Unwanted URLs are removed

Only selected sections are visible

FAQs

1. What sitemap does this feature control?

It controls only the default WordPress sitemap:

/wp-sitemap.xml

2. Will this affect my SEO?

Yes — positively.

It helps:

  • Remove low-quality URLs
  • Improve crawl efficiency
  • Focus indexing on important pages

3. Can I exclude specific pages only?

Currently, control is based on:

  • Post types
  • Taxonomies

(Not individual URLs)

4. Why do I still see unwanted URLs?

Possible reasons:

  • Another SEO plugin is generating a different sitemap
  • Cache is not cleared
  • Sitemap Control is not enabled

5. Do I need technical knowledge?

No.

The feature is designed to be:

  • Beginner-friendly
  • Fully UI-based
  • No coding required

Sitemap Manager Overview

Sitemap Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Sitemap Manager lets you control which content types and taxonomies remain included in the default WordPress core XML sitemap.

You can select the post types and taxonomies you want to keep in the sitemap and exclude content that you do not want included.

In this guide

  • How to access Sitemap Manager
  • Understand the Sitemap Manager
  • Enable Sitemap Manager
  • Select post types for the sitemap
  • Select taxonomies for the sitemap
  • Save Sitemap Manager settings
  • Sitemap Manager FAQs
  • Sitemap Manager troubleshooting

How to Access Sitemap Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager

This opens the Sitemap Manager screen.

Understand the Sitemap Manager

At the top of the page, Sitemap Manager provides information about your WordPress sitemap and the current configuration.

WordPress Core Sitemap URL

The WordPress Core Sitemap URL section displays the sitemap controlled by this feature.

The default WordPress sitemap uses:

/wp-sitemap.xml

Current Selection

The Current Selection section shows how many post types and taxonomies are currently selected.

For example:

  • 0 post types selected
  • 0 taxonomies selected

This summary changes according to your Sitemap Manager configuration.

How Sitemap Manager Works

How Sitemap Manager Works

The How this works section explains the selection behavior:

Check the items you want to keep in the sitemap. Unchecked items will be excluded from the WordPress core sitemap.

This means only the content types and taxonomies you select will remain included when Sitemap Manager is enabled.


Sitemap Scope

Sitemap Manager controls only the default WordPress sitemap (wp-sitemap.xml).

If another SEO plugin generates its own sitemap, that sitemap is not affected by these settings.

Enable Sitemap Manager

Before controlling sitemap content, enable the feature.

  1. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager.
  2. Find Main Setting.
  3. Turn on Enable Sitemap Manager.
  4. Select the content you want to keep in the sitemap.
  5. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

When enabled, SEO Repair Kit includes only the items you select below in the WordPress core sitemap.

Select Post Types for the Sitemap

Select Post Types for the Sitemap

The Included Post Types section lets you choose which registered post types should remain in the WordPress core sitemap.

The available post types depend on the content types registered on your WordPress website.

The screen may include items such as:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Media
  • Courses
  • Events
  • Forums
  • Jobs
  • Lessons
  • Quizzes
  • Replies
  • Reviews
  • Topics
  • Templates
  • Structured Data
  • Collections
  • Assignments
  • Floating Elements

How to Include a Post Type

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager.
  2. Enable Sitemap Manager.
  3. Go to Included Post Types.
  4. Check the post types you want to keep in the sitemap.
  5. Leave unwanted post types unchecked.
  6. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

Important

Only the selected post types will remain in the WordPress core sitemap.


Select Taxonomies for the Sitemap

The Included Taxonomies section lets you choose which registered taxonomies should remain in the sitemap.

Available taxonomies depend on your WordPress website and installed plugins.

The screen may include items such as:

  • Categories
  • Tags
  • Course Categories
  • Event Categories
  • Job Categories
  • Job Locations
  • Job Tags
  • Job Types
  • Topic Tags

How to Include a Taxonomy

  1. Go to the Included Taxonomies section.
  2. Check each taxonomy you want to keep in the sitemap.
  3. Leave taxonomies you do not want included unchecked.
  4. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

Important

Only the selected taxonomies will remain in the WordPress core sitemap.

Save Sitemap Settings

Save Sitemap Settings

After selecting the required post types and taxonomies:

  1. Review your selections.
  2. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

Your selected sitemap configuration will then be saved.


If Your Sitemap Is Not Opening

The Sitemap Manager includes a notice for situations where the sitemap is not opening.

The interface instructs you to:

  1. Open Settings → Permalinks in WordPress.
  2. Click Save Changes once.
  3. Check the sitemap again.

This refreshes permalink rules and can restore the WordPress core sitemap.

You can also use the Open Permalink Settings link from the Sitemap Manager screen.

Sitemap Manager FAQs

What does Sitemap Manager do?

Sitemap Manager lets you control which selected post types and taxonomies remain in the default WordPress core sitemap.

Where can I find Sitemap Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager

What is the WordPress core sitemap URL?

The default WordPress core sitemap is available at:

/wp-sitemap.xml

Your complete sitemap URL is displayed inside Sitemap Manager.

Do I need to enable Sitemap Manager first?

Yes. Use the Enable Sitemap Manager option under Main Setting before using SEO Repair Kit to control which content remains in the sitemap.

What happens to unchecked post types?

When Sitemap Manager is enabled, unchecked post types are excluded from the WordPress core sitemap.

What happens to unchecked taxonomies?

When Sitemap Manager is enabled, unchecked taxonomies are excluded from the WordPress core sitemap.

Why are different post types shown on different websites?

The available options depend on the post types registered on that WordPress website.

Why are different taxonomies shown on different websites?

The taxonomy list depends on the taxonomies registered on the website.

Does Sitemap Manager control sitemaps generated by other SEO plugins?

No. Sitemap Manager controls only the default WordPress sitemap, wp-sitemap.xml. Sitemaps generated separately by other SEO plugins are not affected by these settings.

Where can I see how many items are selected?

The Current Selection section at the top shows the number of selected post types and taxonomies.

Sitemap Manager Troubleshooting

WordPress Sitemap Is Not Opening

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → Settings → Permalinks

Click Save Changes once, then check the sitemap again.


A Post Type Is Missing From the Sitemap

  1. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager.
  2. Make sure Enable Sitemap Manager is turned on.
  3. Find Included Post Types.
  4. Make sure the required post type is checked.
  5. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

A Taxonomy Is Missing From the Sitemap

  1. Open Included Taxonomies.
  2. Make sure the required taxonomy is selected.
  3. Click Save Sitemap Settings.
  4. Check the WordPress core sitemap again.

Sitemap Manager Is Not Affecting Another SEO Plugin’s Sitemap

This is expected. Sitemap Manager controls only the default WordPress core sitemap:

wp-sitemap.xml

It does not control separate sitemaps generated by other SEO plugins.


Selected Content Is Not Updating

Review the Current Selection section to confirm your selections, then click Save Sitemap Settings again.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

SEO AI Assistant FAQs

SEO AI Assistant Frequently Asked Questions

What is SEO AI Assistant?

SEO AI Assistant is an AI-powered chat interface inside SEO Repair Kit for asking questions about SEO and WordPress optimization.


Where can I find SEO AI Assistant?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot


What can I ask SEO AI Assistant?

The current interface supports questions around topics such as:

  • SEO
  • WordPress optimization
  • Schema
  • Sitemaps
  • Core Web Vitals
  • Redirects
  • Broken links
  • Site performance
  • Indexing

How do I ask a question?

Enter your question in:

Type your SEO question here…

and use the send button beside the field.


Why should I ask one question at a time?

Focused questions provide clearer context and make it easier to work through one problem before moving to another.


Should I tell the assistant which CMS I use?

When relevant, yes.

The interface recommends sharing context such as your CMS, plugin, or theme.


Can I paste an error message?

Yes. The interface recommends pasting a short error snippet when relevant.

Include only the portion necessary to explain the issue.


Can I share my API key with SEO AI Assistant?

Do not share sensitive credentials.

The interface specifically reminds users not to share sensitive credentials in the conversation.


Can SEO AI Assistant help with redirects?

Yes. Redirects are included among the topics presented in the current interface.


Can it help with schema?

Yes. The interface specifically provides schema-related questions as examples.


Can it help with Core Web Vitals?

Core Web Vitals are included in the SEO AI Assistant description.


What does Licensed & Active mean?

This is the status currently displayed by the SEO AI Assistant interface, indicating that the assistant is licensed and active for the current installation.


What should I do if the AI Assistant does not solve my problem?

Use Contact Support to continue with the SEO Repair Kit support team when additional assistance is required.

SEO AI Assistant Troubleshooting →

Configure Advanced Robots Meta Settings

How to Configure Advanced Robots Meta Settings

Advance Settings controls the default robots meta configuration used across Meta Manager.

Content Types, Taxonomies, and Archives can inherit these settings through Sync Advanced Settings.


Open Advance Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Advance Settings


Check the WordPress Indexing Warning

Meta Manager can display:

Search Engine Indexing Disabled by WordPress

when WordPress is configured to discourage search-engine indexing.

When this WordPress setting is active, SEO Repair Kit warns that it will not override the WordPress robots behavior. Your existing interface documents this precedence.

For a public site that is intended to be indexed, review:

WordPress → Settings → Reading

and check:

Discourage search engines from indexing this site

Important: Do not disable this setting on a staging/private site merely to remove the warning.


Use Recommended Default Robots Settings

Expand:

Global Robots Meta (Applies Site-Wide)

Enable:

Use Recommended Default Robots Settings

The current interface displays the recommended preview:

index, follow, max-image-preview:large

This configuration allows indexing and following while permitting large image previews.


Configure Custom Global Robots Settings

Disable:

Use Recommended Default Robots Settings

to expose custom controls.

The current interface includes:

No Index

Requests that search engines do not index applicable content.

No Follow

Requests that search engines do not follow links on applicable content.

No Archive

Requests that search engines do not show a cached copy where supported.

No Translate

Requests that supported search engines do not offer a translated version.

No Image Index

Requests that images associated with applicable content are not indexed.

No Snippet

Requests that search engines do not display a text snippet where supported.

No ODP

A robots directive exposed by the current interface.

Max Snippet

Controls the maximum snippet length.

-1 represents unlimited in the current interface.

Max Video Preview

Controls the maximum video-preview length.

-1 represents unlimited.

Max Image Preview

Controls the permitted image-preview size.


Review the Live Robots Meta Preview

Before saving, review:

Live Robots Meta Preview

The preview shows the directives that the current configuration generates.

Caution: Global robots settings can affect large portions of the website. Review them carefully before saving.

Click SAVE CHANGES.

Monitor Search Performance with KeyTrack

The Overview tab gives you a quick view of how your website is performing in Google Search.

Instead of reviewing individual URLs or queries first, use Overview to understand your overall search performance.

Open the Overview

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Overview


Select a Reporting Period

Use the date selector in the upper-right corner to choose the reporting period.

For example, your current interface shows:

Last 28 days

The dashboard updates its performance information according to the selected period.


Understand the Performance Metrics

At the top of the Overview, KeyTrack displays four metrics.

Total Clicks

The number of clicks recorded in Google Search for the selected reporting period.

Total Impressions

The number of times your website’s search results were shown.

Average CTR

The average click-through rate calculated from the available Search Console performance data.

Average Position

The average Google Search position reported for the selected period.


Understand the Performance Chart

Below the summary cards, KeyTrack provides a trend chart containing:

  • Clicks
  • Impressions
  • CTR (%)
  • Position

The chart helps you review how these metrics changed during the selected reporting period.

Caption:
Use the KeyTrack performance chart to review changes in search metrics over time.


Review Top 5 Pages

Scroll to Top 5 Pages.

The table includes:

Page | Clicks | Impressions | Position

This gives you a quick view of pages represented among the leading page-level results in the current report.


Review Top 5 Queries

Below the Pages report, you’ll find Top 5 Queries.

The table contains:

Query | Clicks | Impressions | Position

Use this section for a quick look at leading queries before opening the complete Queries report.


Need More Detailed Data?

Use:

Pages → for individual URL performance.

Queries → for search-query performance.


Next Step

Analyze Page Performance →

Connect Your WordPress Site

Understand the Health Score

Understand the Health Score

The Health Score gives you a quick overview of the alt text status of your image library.

It appears together with:

  • Total Images
  • Missing Alt Text
  • With Alt Text

As missing alt text is added, you can use these statistics to monitor the overall status of your image library.


Navigate the Image Library

Each image card can display:

  • Image preview
  • Image/file name
  • Date
  • Current alt text
  • Alt text status
  • Add Alt Text button when alt text is missing

Use the filters at the top to switch between different image groups.


Pagination

If your website contains many images, use the pagination controls at the bottom of the Image Library.

You can move between result pages using the page numbers and Previous or Next controls.

The Per page option lets you control how many images are displayed on each page.

View Redirect Logs

How to View Redirect Logs

The Redirect Logs tab provides a history of recorded redirect activity.

Depending on the event, the log can include redirect hits and administrative actions such as redirect creation or deletion.

In this guide

  • Open Redirect Logs
  • Understand log records
  • Understand redirect actions
  • Review visitor information
  • Review referrers
  • Clear redirect logs

Open Redirect Logs

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Redirect Logs


Understand the Redirect Logs

Each log entry contains information about the recorded event.

The current table includes:

  • Date
  • Action
  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • IP Address
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

Date

Shows when the event was recorded.

This helps you understand when a redirect was triggered or when a recorded administrative action occurred.


Action

Shows the type of recorded activity.

Your current interface displays examples including:

  • REDIRECT
  • CREATED
  • DELETED

REDIRECT represents a recorded redirect hit.

Administrative actions such as CREATED and DELETED provide history about changes made to redirect records.


Source URL

Shows the source associated with the logged redirect event.

For redirect hits, this helps identify which URL initiated the redirect.


Target URL

Shows the destination associated with the redirect.

This allows you to review where the request was directed.


IP Address

Shows the recorded IP address where available.

Visitor-level information depends on your logging configuration.


User Agent

Shows the recorded user-agent information.

This can provide information about the browser, bot, client, or process associated with the request.

Administrative actions in your screenshot can also appear as Admin Action.


Referrer

Shows available information about where the request or action originated.

For administrative events, your screenshot includes WordPress Admin.


Clear Redirect Logs

Click:

Clear Logs

when you intentionally want to remove the stored redirect log history.

Important: Clearing logs removes historical information you may need for troubleshooting or review. Clear them only when that history is no longer required.

Detailed visitor logging is controlled from the Settings tab.

Import and Export Redirects →

How Sitemap Manager Works

How Sitemap Manager Works

The How this works section explains the selection behavior:

Check the items you want to keep in the sitemap. Unchecked items will be excluded from the WordPress core sitemap.

This means only the content types and taxonomies you select will remain included when Sitemap Manager is enabled.


Sitemap Scope

Sitemap Manager controls only the default WordPress sitemap (wp-sitemap.xml).

If another SEO plugin generates its own sitemap, that sitemap is not affected by these settings.

Enable Sitemap Manager

Before controlling sitemap content, enable the feature.

  1. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager.
  2. Find Main Setting.
  3. Turn on Enable Sitemap Manager.
  4. Select the content you want to keep in the sitemap.
  5. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

When enabled, SEO Repair Kit includes only the items you select below in the WordPress core sitemap.

What Is Included in Complete Packages.

Select Post Types for the Sitemap

Select Post Types for the Sitemap

The Included Post Types section lets you choose which registered post types should remain in the WordPress core sitemap.

The available post types depend on the content types registered on your WordPress website.

The screen may include items such as:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Media
  • Courses
  • Events
  • Forums
  • Jobs
  • Lessons
  • Quizzes
  • Replies
  • Reviews
  • Topics
  • Templates
  • Structured Data
  • Collections
  • Assignments
  • Floating Elements

How to Include a Post Type

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager.
  2. Enable Sitemap Manager.
  3. Go to Included Post Types.
  4. Check the post types you want to keep in the sitemap.
  5. Leave unwanted post types unchecked.
  6. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

Important

Only the selected post types will remain in the WordPress core sitemap.


Select Taxonomies for the Sitemap

The Included Taxonomies section lets you choose which registered taxonomies should remain in the sitemap.

Available taxonomies depend on your WordPress website and installed plugins.

The screen may include items such as:

  • Categories
  • Tags
  • Course Categories
  • Event Categories
  • Job Categories
  • Job Locations
  • Job Tags
  • Job Types
  • Topic Tags

How to Include a Taxonomy

  1. Go to the Included Taxonomies section.
  2. Check each taxonomy you want to keep in the sitemap.
  3. Leave taxonomies you do not want included unchecked.
  4. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

Important

Only the selected taxonomies will remain in the WordPress core sitemap.

Choose Content for LLMs.txt

How to Choose Content for LLMs.txt

Bot Manager lets you control which WordPress content is considered when generating your LLMs.txt file.

You can configure:

  • Post Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Posts/Terms Limit
  • Additional Content

In this guide

  • Select Post Types
  • Select Taxonomies
  • Set Posts/Terms Limit
  • Add Additional Content
  • Generate the updated file

Select Post Types

Find:

Select Post Types

Check the Post Types you want included in the LLMs.txt file.

Your current WordPress installation displays options including:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Media
  • Forums
  • Topics
  • Replies
  • Floating Elements
  • My Templates
  • Structured Data
  • Jobs
  • Courses
  • Lessons
  • Quizzes
  • Assignments
  • Events
  • Reviews
  • Collections

The exact list depends on the Post Types registered on the website.


Select or Deselect All Post Types

Use:

Select / Deselect All

to quickly change all Post Type selections.

For most configurations, select the content types that contain useful public content rather than automatically including every registered technical content type.


Select Taxonomies

Find:

Select Taxonomies

The current interface displays taxonomy options such as:

  • Categories
  • Tags
  • Formats
  • Topic Tags
  • Job Categories
  • Job Types
  • Job Locations
  • Job Tags
  • Course Categories
  • Event Categories

The exact list can differ depending on the website.

Use Select / Deselect All when you need to change all taxonomy selections at once.


Set the Posts/Terms Limit

Find:

Posts/Terms Limit

The current screen shows a value of:

50

The interface describes this as the:

Maximum number of links to include for each post type.

Adjust this value according to how much selected content you want represented in the generated file.


Add Additional Content

Find:

Additional Content

This field lets you add extra text or links that you want included in the LLMs.txt file.

Use this when important information should be included but is not represented by the selected Post Types or Taxonomies.


Generate the Updated File

After configuring the content:

  1. Review selected Post Types.
  2. Review selected Taxonomies.
  3. Check the Posts/Terms Limit.
  4. Add Additional Content if required.
  5. Click Generate LLMs.txt.
  6. Review LLMs.txt Content.
  7. Preview the output.
  8. Click Save LLMs.txt when satisfied.

Manage Your Robots.txt File →

Scan Google Results for Spam

How to Run a Google SERP Scan

Google SERP Scan checks indexed Google results associated with the configured website and evaluates them using your Spam Rules.

In this guide

  • Open Google SERP Scan
  • Confirm Spam Rules
  • Confirm provider connection
  • Configure the scan
  • Run the scan
  • Review detected results
  • Understand risk classifications
  • Continue to cleanup

Open Google SERP Scan

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Google SERP Scan


Before Running a Scan

Before starting a scan, confirm:

  1. Spam Rules are configured.
  2. Website Allowed Languages are correct.
  3. Required keyword categories are enabled.
  4. Custom blocked keywords are correct.
  5. URL Pattern Rules are configured.
  6. SERP Provider is connected.

You can check provider status under:

Spam Monitor → Settings → SERP Provider


Configure the Scan

Use the scan controls shown in Google SERP Scan to select the available scan options.

If Include Subdomains is enabled for the scan, indexed results associated with the site’s subdomains can also be included according to the feature’s current behavior.


Run the Scan

Start the Google SERP Scan using the scan action provided on the page.

Spam Monitor checks the returned indexed results against the configured rules.


Review the Results

After the scan completes, review the returned results and their classifications.

Pay particular attention to:

  • URL
  • Google title/result
  • Matched detection rules
  • Risk score
  • Risk classification

Results may be classified as:

Clean → Suspicious → Spam → Critical


Investigate Suspicious Results

A Suspicious label should be treated as a signal to review the result rather than automatic proof that the URL is malicious.

Check whether:

  • The URL belongs to the website.
  • The title matches legitimate content.
  • The detected language is expected.
  • A keyword match is legitimate.
  • The URL pattern is expected.
  • The indexed content belongs on the site.

Continue to Cleanup

When an indexed result requires cleanup-related action, use the available Cleanup workflow.

Review and Clean Up Search Console Results →

SEO AI Assistant Troubleshooting

SEO AI Assistant Troubleshooting

Use this guide when you are having difficulty using SEO AI Assistant or are not getting a useful response.

In this guide

  • AI Assistant is not available
  • Question cannot be sent
  • Response is too general
  • Response does not understand the issue
  • Technical answer needs more explanation
  • When to contact support

SEO AI Assistant Is Not Available

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot

Check the status shown in the Chat Console.

The current working interface displays:

Licensed & Active

If your installation displays a different status, review the status shown there before continuing.

Because the screenshot does not show the possible inactive/error states, the documentation should not invent specific activation errors or recovery steps until those states are documented.


I Cannot Send My Question

First make sure you have entered text in:

Type your SEO question here…

Then use the send arrow beside the field.

If the interface displays an error after sending, keep the exact error message available when contacting support.


The Answer Is Too General

Make the question more specific.

Instead of:

How do I improve SEO?

provide the actual problem:

I’m using WordPress and one of my published pages isn’t being indexed. What should I check?

Include the relevant CMS, feature, or plugin where useful.


The Assistant Does Not Understand My Problem

Try describing:

  1. What you are working on.
  2. What you expected.
  3. What actually happened.
  4. The relevant feature or plugin.
  5. A short error message, if available.

For example:

I’m using SEO Repair Kit Redirection. I created a 301 redirect from /old-page/ to /new-page/. The old URL still returns a 404. What should I check?


I Don’t Understand the Technical Answer

Ask a follow-up question.

For example:

Can you explain that in simple steps?

or:

Where exactly can I find this option in WordPress?

You can continue the same conversation rather than rewriting the entire problem.


The Suggested Change Affects Indexing or Crawling

Before changing important SEO controls such as robots directives, canonical URLs, redirects, or indexing settings, confirm that the suggested configuration matches your intended website behavior.

If you are uncertain about a product-specific change, use SEO Repair Kit Support.


Still Need Help?

Use the Contact Support card displayed beside the Chat Console.

When contacting support, provide:

  • The SEO problem
  • What you expected
  • What actually happened
  • Relevant SEO Repair Kit feature
  • WordPress version where useful
  • SEO Repair Kit version
  • Relevant error message
  • Screenshot where helpful

Do not include passwords, API keys, access tokens, or other sensitive credentials.

Edit SEO Settings for Individual Posts & Pages

Image Alt Text

Getting Started

Alt Text Manager helps find images without alt text.

Use it to:

  • Identify missing alt text
  • Review images
  • Update alt text
  • Improve accessibility and image SEO

Introduction

Image Alt Text is an essential feature for improving both the accessibility and SEO of your website. By adding descriptive alternative text to your images, you help search engines index your content more effectively and ensure that users with visual impairments can understand what the images represent.

In the SEO Repair Kit plugin, you can easily review images that lack alt text and manually assign descriptive text to them, making sure your website adheres to SEO best practices.

How to use

  1. Open Alt Text Manager.
  2. Filter images by missing alt text.
  3. Add clear, descriptive alt text.
  4. Save updates.

Best practice

Describe the image naturally. Avoid keyword stuffing.

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Open the Image ALT Text Manager

From the WordPress admin panel, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing

This opens the Image ALT Text dashboard.

Step 2: Review the Overview Metrics

At the top of the dashboard, you’ll see key summary cards:

  • Total Images
    Displays the total number of images in your media library.
  • Missing ALT Text
    Shows how many images require optimization.
  • With ALT Text
    Confirms how many images are already optimized.
  • Health Score
    A percentage score representing your overall ALT text optimization status.

These metrics help you quickly assess image SEO health.

Step 3: Filter Images by ALT Status

Use the filter buttons to manage images efficiently:

  • All – View all images
  • Missing Alt – Show only images without ALT text
  • Has Alt – Display images already optimized

This allows you to focus only on images that need attention.

Step 4: Browse the Image Library

Scroll through the image cards in the Image Library section.
Each image card shows:

  • Image preview
  • Image title
  • Upload date
  • ALT text status indicator

Images missing ALT text are clearly highlighted.

Step 5: Add ALT Text to an Individual Image

Click Add Alt Text on any image card.

  • Enter a clear, descriptive ALT text
  • Keep it concise and relevant
  • Include keywords naturally where appropriate

Save the changes to instantly update the image.

Step 6: Monitor Optimization Progress

As ALT text is added:

  • The Missing ALT Text count decreases
  • The count of ALT Text increases
  • The Health Score improves in real time

This provides immediate feedback on your optimization progress.

Step 7: Maintain Ongoing Image Optimization

Revisit the Image ALT Text Manager regularly—especially after uploading new images—to ensure all visuals remain optimized for SEO and accessibility.

FAQs

1: What is Image ALT text?

ALT text is a description added to images that helps search engines and screen readers understand image content.

2: Does this feature scan all images automatically?

Yes. The system automatically scans your entire media library to detect images missing ALT attributes.

3: Will adding ALT text improve SEO?

Absolutely. ALT text improves image search visibility, strengthens page relevance, and enhances accessibility.

4: Do I need technical skills to use this feature?

No. The dashboard is designed for non-technical users and requires no coding.

5: Does the health score update automatically?

Yes. The health score updates in real time as images are optimized.

Image Alt Text Manager Overview

Image Alt Text Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Image Alt Text Manager helps you find images with missing alt text and review images that already have alt text.

In this guide

  • How to access Image Alt Text Manager
  • Understand image statistics
  • Find images with missing alt text
  • Review images with alt text
  • Add alt text
  • Understand the Health Score
  • Image alt text best practices

How to Access Image Alt Text Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing

The Image Alt Text Manager screen will open.


Image Alt Text Summary

At the top of the page, you can see four summary cards:

Total Images

Shows the total number of images in the Media Library.

Missing Alt Text

Shows the number of images that are missing alt text.

With Alt Text

Shows the number of images that already have alt text.

Health Score

Shows the current alt text health score as a percentage.


Find Images with Missing Alt Text

The Image Library lets you quickly find images that do not have alt text.

At the top of the Image Library, you can use three filters:

  • All
  • Missing Alt
  • Has Alt

View Missing Alt Images

Click:

Missing Alt

The Image Library will display images that are currently missing alt text.

Images without alt text show an Add Alt Text button.

Add Alt Text to an Image

Add Alt Text to an Image

To add alt text:

  1. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing.
  2. Select Missing Alt.
  3. Find the image you want to update.
  4. Click Add Alt Text.
  5. Add the required alt text.
  6. Save the change.

After alt text is added, the image can be reviewed under the Has Alt filter.


Review Images with Existing Alt Text

To view images that already have alt text:

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing.
  2. Go to the Image Library.
  3. Click Has Alt.

The Image Library will display images that currently have alt text.

Each image card shows the current value under:

ALT:

Understand the Health Score

Understand the Health Score

The Health Score gives you a quick overview of the alt text status of your image library.

It appears together with:

  • Total Images
  • Missing Alt Text
  • With Alt Text

As missing alt text is added, you can use these statistics to monitor the overall status of your image library.


Navigate the Image Library

Each image card can display:

  • Image preview
  • Image/file name
  • Date
  • Current alt text
  • Alt text status
  • Add Alt Text button when alt text is missing

Use the filters at the top to switch between different image groups.


Pagination

If your website contains many images, use the pagination controls at the bottom of the Image Library.

You can move between result pages using the page numbers and Previous or Next controls.

The Per page option lets you control how many images are displayed on each page.

Why Alt Text Matters

Why Alt Text Matters

The Why Alt Text Matters section explains the importance of adding alt text to images.

Alt text helps because:

  • Screen readers use alt text to describe images to visually impaired users.
  • Search engines index alt text to understand image content.
  • Alt text displays when images fail to load.

Image Alt Text Best Practices

The Best Practices section provides guidance for writing image alt text.

Be Descriptive but Concise

Keep alt text descriptive and concise.

The current interface recommends keeping it under 125 characters.

Include Relevant Keywords Naturally

Use relevant keywords when they naturally describe the image.

Avoid Unnecessary Phrases

Avoid starting alt text with:

  • “Image of”
  • “Picture of”

Image Alt Text FAQs

What is Image Alt Text Manager?

Image Alt Text Manager helps you find images with missing alt text and review images that already contain alt text.

Where can I find Image Alt Text Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing

How can I find images without alt text?

Open the Image Library and select:

Missing Alt

How can I find images that already have alt text?

Select:

Has Alt

What does the All filter show?

The All filter displays all images available in the Image Library.

How do I add alt text?

Find an image with missing alt text and click:

Add Alt Text

What does Missing Alt Text show?

It shows the number of images that currently do not have alt text.

What does With Alt Text show?

It shows the number of images that already have alt text.

What is the Health Score?

The Health Score provides a percentage-based overview of the current alt text status of your image library.

Can I see the current alt text of an image?

Yes. Images with existing alt text display the value under ALT: on their image cards.

How can I view more images?

Use the pagination controls at the bottom of the Image Library.

Can I change how many images appear on one page?

Yes. Use the Per page option at the bottom of the Image Library.

Image Alt Text Troubleshooting

Images Are Not Appearing Under Missing Alt

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing → Missing Alt

Check whether the image appears in the filtered Image Library.


An Image Still Shows Missing Alt Text

Check the image card and confirm whether an ALT: value is displayed.

If the image still shows Add Alt Text, add the required alt text and save the change.


Image Preview Is Not Showing

Check the corresponding image in your WordPress Media Library and confirm that the image file is available.


Alt Text Is Not Visible

Open the Has Alt filter and find the image.

The current alt text should appear under:

ALT:


Image Counts Look Incorrect

Review the following summary cards:

  • Total Images
  • Missing Alt Text
  • With Alt Text

Then use the Missing Alt and Has Alt filters to review the images in each group.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Analyze Page Performance

The Pages report lets you examine Google Search performance at the individual URL level.

This is useful when you want more detail than the Top 5 Pages shown on the Overview.

Open the Pages Report

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Pages

📷 Add Screenshot Here — Pages Data

Use your full Pages screenshot.


Understand the Pages Table

Each row represents a website URL.

The table contains:

Page — the URL represented in the report.

Clicks — clicks recorded for that URL.

Impressions — impressions recorded for that URL.

Position — its reported average search position.

Details — opens additional information for that page.


View Page Details

To investigate a particular URL:

  1. Find the page in the table.
  2. Review its Clicks, Impressions, and Position.
  3. Click View Details.

📷 Add Screenshot Here — View Details

Do not add this screenshot yet.


How to Read Page Performance

When reviewing a page, do not rely on only one metric.

For example, compare its:

  • impressions,
  • clicks,
  • and average position

together to understand how that URL appears in the available search-performance data.


Next Step

Next Guide → Analyze Search Queries

AI Chatbot

SEO AI Assistant Overview

SEO AI Assistant Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s SEO AI Assistant provides an AI-powered chat interface for asking questions about SEO and WordPress optimization directly from your WordPress dashboard.

You can use the assistant to get guidance about topics such as schema, sitemaps, redirects, broken links, indexing, site performance, and other SEO-related tasks.

In this guide

  • How to access SEO AI Assistant
  • Understanding the Chat Console
  • What you can ask
  • Asking SEO questions
  • Tips for better answers
  • Getting additional support
  • Where to start

How to Access SEO AI Assistant

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot

The SEO AI Assistant screen opens with the Chat Console and additional guidance on the right side.


Understanding the SEO AI Assistant

The main screen contains four important areas:

  • Chat Console
  • What can I ask?
  • Tips for best answers
  • Contact Support

The Chat Console is where you communicate with the SEO AI Assistant.


Chat Console

The Chat Console is the main conversation area.

When the assistant is available, the screen displays its current status.

Your current interface shows:

Licensed & Active

Inside the console, the assistant introduces itself and provides a field where you can enter an SEO question.


What Can I Ask?

SEO AI Assistant is designed for SEO and WordPress-related questions.

The current interface provides example questions such as:

  • “Why are my product pages not indexing?”
  • “Generate FAQ schema for this page.”
  • “Fix render-blocking resources.”
  • “Help me create a redirect map.”

These examples demonstrate the types of focused SEO questions you can ask.


What Topics Can I Ask About?

Based on the current assistant interface, you can ask for guidance about areas such as:

  • SEO
  • WordPress optimization
  • Broken links
  • Redirects
  • Schema markup
  • Sitemaps
  • Core Web Vitals
  • Site performance
  • Indexing-related questions

For the best results, ask a specific question and provide relevant context.


Tips for Better Answers

The Tips for best answers panel provides three recommendations:

  1. Ask one focused question at a time.
  2. Share context like CMS, plugin, or theme.
  3. Paste short error snippets when relevant.

Following these recommendations helps the assistant understand the problem more clearly.

How to Ask Better SEO Questions →


Keep Sensitive Information Private

The Chat Console includes the following reminder:

Conversations are processed securely. Do not share sensitive credentials.

Do not paste passwords, API keys, private access tokens, or other sensitive credentials into the chat.


Contact Support

If you need additional assistance, use the Contact Support option displayed on the right side of the SEO AI Assistant.

This provides a path to the SEO Repair Kit support team when the issue requires further help.


Where Should I Start?

If you are using SEO AI Assistant for the first time, start with one specific SEO problem.

For example:

Why are some of my pages not being indexed?

Then add relevant context about the website or issue rather than combining several unrelated problems into one question.

How to Use SEO AI Assistant →

How to Use SEO AI Assistant

How to Ask SEO AI Assistant a Question

SEO AI Assistant lets you enter an SEO or WordPress-related question and receive guidance directly inside the SEO Repair Kit dashboard.

In this guide

  • Open SEO AI Assistant
  • Check the assistant status
  • Enter a question
  • Add useful context
  • Send your question
  • Review the response
  • Ask a follow-up question
  • When to contact support

Open SEO AI Assistant

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot

The Chat Console appears on the main screen.


Check the Assistant Status

Look at the status displayed near the top-right of the Chat Console.

In the current interface, the status appears as:

Licensed & Active

This indicates the current status of the SEO AI Assistant on the website.


Enter Your SEO Question

At the bottom of the Chat Console, find the field:

Type your SEO question here…

Click inside the field and enter your question.


Ask One Focused Question

Keep each question focused on one problem.

For example, instead of asking:

My pages aren’t indexing, my website is slow, I have broken links, and I also need schema. What should I do?

separate these into individual questions.

For example:

Why might my product pages not be getting indexed?

Then address the next issue separately.


Provide Relevant Context

Include information that helps explain your situation.

Useful context can include:

  • CMS
  • Relevant plugin
  • Theme
  • Feature involved
  • What you expected to happen
  • What actually happened
  • A short error message where relevant

For example:

I’m using WordPress. I created a 301 redirect, but the old URL is still returning a 404. What should I check?

This gives the assistant more useful context than simply asking:

Why isn’t my redirect working?


Send Your Question

After entering the question, use the send arrow beside the input field.

SEO AI Assistant will process the question and display its response in the Chat Console.


Review the Answer

Read the response carefully before applying changes to your website.

For technical SEO settings—particularly redirects, indexing directives, robots configuration, or schema—make sure the suggested action matches your actual website configuration.


Ask a Follow-Up Question

If you need clarification, continue the conversation with a focused follow-up.

For example:

Where can I find this setting in SEO Repair Kit?

or:

Can you explain step 2 in simpler terms?

This lets you continue working through the same issue without starting from the beginning.


Do Not Share Sensitive Credentials

Do not enter information such as:

  • Passwords
  • API keys
  • Access tokens
  • Private login credentials

The interface itself reminds users not to share sensitive credentials.


When to Contact Support

If the issue requires account-specific or product-specific assistance that the AI conversation does not resolve, click:

Contact Support

from the right side of the page.

How to Ask Better SEO Questions →

How to Ask Better SEO Questions

How to Get Better Answers from SEO AI Assistant

The quality of an AI response depends partly on how clearly the problem is described.

SEO AI Assistant provides several recommendations for asking effective questions.

In this guide

  • Ask one focused question
  • Include website context
  • Include short error messages
  • Explain expected and actual behavior
  • Avoid sensitive information
  • Example questions

Ask One Focused Question at a Time

The interface recommends:

Ask one focused question at a time.

Instead of combining unrelated SEO issues, handle them separately.

Less focused

My website is slow, pages aren’t indexed, redirects don’t work, and I need schema.

More focused

My WordPress product pages are not being indexed. What should I check first?

Once that issue is addressed, move to the next problem.


Share Relevant Context

The interface recommends sharing context such as:

  • CMS
  • Plugin
  • Theme

For example:

I’m using WordPress with SEO Repair Kit. I created a redirect from an old page to a new page, but the source URL still returns a 404.

This provides useful context about both the environment and the problem.


Paste Short Error Snippets When Relevant

If WordPress or another tool displays an error, include the relevant part of that error in your question.

For example:

My sitemap returns a 404 error. What should I check?

If an error message is available, add the short relevant portion.

Avoid pasting large amounts of unrelated logs.


Explain What You Expected

For troubleshooting questions, explain:

What you expected → What actually happened

For example:

I expected /old-page/ to redirect to /new-page/, but /old-page/ still returns a 404.

This makes the problem easier to understand.


Use Specific Questions

Instead of:

Help with SEO.

try:

How should I handle a page that permanently moved to a new URL?

Instead of:

My schema doesn’t work.

try:

I added FAQ schema to a WordPress page. What should I check if it isn’t being detected?


Example Questions

You can use questions such as:

Indexing

Why might my WordPress page not be indexed?

Redirects

I permanently moved a page to a new URL. Which redirect should I use?

Broken Links

I found a broken internal link. Should I update the link or create a redirect?

Schema

How should I structure FAQ schema for this page?

Performance

What should I check when render-blocking resources are affecting page performance?

Sitemaps

My sitemap is available but a page isn’t appearing in it. What should I check?


Protect Sensitive Information

Provide enough context to explain the problem, but do not provide credentials.

Avoid sharing:

  • Passwords
  • API secrets
  • Private tokens
  • Login credentials

SEO AI Assistant FAQs →

SEO AI Assistant FAQs

SEO AI Assistant Frequently Asked Questions

What is SEO AI Assistant?

SEO AI Assistant is an AI-powered chat interface inside SEO Repair Kit for asking questions about SEO and WordPress optimization.


Where can I find SEO AI Assistant?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot


What can I ask SEO AI Assistant?

The current interface supports questions around topics such as:

  • SEO
  • WordPress optimization
  • Schema
  • Sitemaps
  • Core Web Vitals
  • Redirects
  • Broken links
  • Site performance
  • Indexing

How do I ask a question?

Enter your question in:

Type your SEO question here…

and use the send button beside the field.


Why should I ask one question at a time?

Focused questions provide clearer context and make it easier to work through one problem before moving to another.


Should I tell the assistant which CMS I use?

When relevant, yes.

The interface recommends sharing context such as your CMS, plugin, or theme.


Can I paste an error message?

Yes. The interface recommends pasting a short error snippet when relevant.

Include only the portion necessary to explain the issue.


Can I share my API key with SEO AI Assistant?

Do not share sensitive credentials.

The interface specifically reminds users not to share sensitive credentials in the conversation.


Can SEO AI Assistant help with redirects?

Yes. Redirects are included among the topics presented in the current interface.


Can it help with schema?

Yes. The interface specifically provides schema-related questions as examples.


Can it help with Core Web Vitals?

Core Web Vitals are included in the SEO AI Assistant description.


What does Licensed & Active mean?

This is the status currently displayed by the SEO AI Assistant interface, indicating that the assistant is licensed and active for the current installation.


What should I do if the AI Assistant does not solve my problem?

Use Contact Support to continue with the SEO Repair Kit support team when additional assistance is required.

SEO AI Assistant Troubleshooting →

SEO AI Assistant Troubleshooting

SEO AI Assistant Troubleshooting

Use this guide when you are having difficulty using SEO AI Assistant or are not getting a useful response.

In this guide

  • AI Assistant is not available
  • Question cannot be sent
  • Response is too general
  • Response does not understand the issue
  • Technical answer needs more explanation
  • When to contact support

SEO AI Assistant Is Not Available

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → AI Chatbot

Check the status shown in the Chat Console.

The current working interface displays:

Licensed & Active

If your installation displays a different status, review the status shown there before continuing.

Because the screenshot does not show the possible inactive/error states, the documentation should not invent specific activation errors or recovery steps until those states are documented.


I Cannot Send My Question

First make sure you have entered text in:

Type your SEO question here…

Then use the send arrow beside the field.

If the interface displays an error after sending, keep the exact error message available when contacting support.


The Answer Is Too General

Make the question more specific.

Instead of:

How do I improve SEO?

provide the actual problem:

I’m using WordPress and one of my published pages isn’t being indexed. What should I check?

Include the relevant CMS, feature, or plugin where useful.


The Assistant Does Not Understand My Problem

Try describing:

  1. What you are working on.
  2. What you expected.
  3. What actually happened.
  4. The relevant feature or plugin.
  5. A short error message, if available.

For example:

I’m using SEO Repair Kit Redirection. I created a 301 redirect from /old-page/ to /new-page/. The old URL still returns a 404. What should I check?


I Don’t Understand the Technical Answer

Ask a follow-up question.

For example:

Can you explain that in simple steps?

or:

Where exactly can I find this option in WordPress?

You can continue the same conversation rather than rewriting the entire problem.


The Suggested Change Affects Indexing or Crawling

Before changing important SEO controls such as robots directives, canonical URLs, redirects, or indexing settings, confirm that the suggested configuration matches your intended website behavior.

If you are uncertain about a product-specific change, use SEO Repair Kit Support.


Still Need Help?

Use the Contact Support card displayed beside the Chat Console.

When contacting support, provide:

  • The SEO problem
  • What you expected
  • What actually happened
  • Relevant SEO Repair Kit feature
  • WordPress version where useful
  • SEO Repair Kit version
  • Relevant error message
  • Screenshot where helpful

Do not include passwords, API keys, access tokens, or other sensitive credentials.

Add More Websites

Why Alt Text Matters

Why Alt Text Matters

The Why Alt Text Matters section explains the importance of adding alt text to images.

Alt text helps because:

  • Screen readers use alt text to describe images to visually impaired users.
  • Search engines index alt text to understand image content.
  • Alt text displays when images fail to load.

Image Alt Text Best Practices

The Best Practices section provides guidance for writing image alt text.

Be Descriptive but Concise

Keep alt text descriptive and concise.

The current interface recommends keeping it under 125 characters.

Include Relevant Keywords Naturally

Use relevant keywords when they naturally describe the image.

Avoid Unnecessary Phrases

Avoid starting alt text with:

  • “Image of”
  • “Picture of”

Import and Export Redirects

How to Import and Export Redirects

The Import/Export tab lets you back up, migrate, or transfer redirect configurations using supported file formats.

In this guide

  • Open Import/Export
  • Export redirects
  • Choose an export format
  • Import redirects
  • Update existing redirects
  • Understand supported formats
  • Understand the file-size limit

Open Import/Export

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Import/Export


Export Redirections

The Export Redirections section lets you download your redirect configuration.

Choose the required export format.

The current interface provides:

CSV

A simple text-based format.

JSON

A structured format suitable for programmatic use and data transfer.

Nginx

Exports redirect configuration for Nginx.

Apache .htaccess

Exports redirect rules for Apache .htaccess.


Export Your Redirects

To export:

  1. Open Import/Export.
  2. Select the required export format.
  3. Click Export Redirections.
  4. Save the exported file in an appropriate location.

Exporting can be useful before migration or major redirect changes.


Import Redirections

The lower section provides:

Import Redirections

You can drag and drop supported files into the upload area or click to browse for files.

The interface allows multiple files to be selected.


Update Existing Redirections

Before importing, review:

Update Existing Redirections

When this option is checked, the interface states that existing redirects with matching IDs will be updated.

Otherwise, matching existing redirects are skipped.

Use this option carefully when importing redirects into a site that already contains redirect records.


Supported Import Formats

The Need Help? section provides exact import-format information.

CSV

Supported CSV file extensions include:

.csv

The interface specifies columns:

source_url, target_url, redirect_type, status, is_regex

JSON

Supported JSON files should contain an array of redirect objects using the same field names.

Apache .htaccess

The importer can process standard Apache rules such as:

  • Redirect
  • RedirectMatch
  • RewriteRule

The interface states that each supported rule is converted into an SEO Repair Kit redirect entry.


File Size Limit

The current interface specifies a maximum import file size of:

10MB

For larger files, split the data into multiple imports.


Import the File

After selecting the file:

  1. Review whether Update Existing Redirections should be enabled.
  2. Click Import Redirections.
  3. Review your Redirections tab after the import.
  4. Verify important Source and Target URL mappings.

Configure Redirection Settings →

Individual Modules

Save Sitemap Settings

Save Sitemap Settings

After selecting the required post types and taxonomies:

  1. Review your selections.
  2. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

Your selected sitemap configuration will then be saved.


If Your Sitemap Is Not Opening

The Sitemap Manager includes a notice for situations where the sitemap is not opening.

The interface instructs you to:

  1. Open Settings → Permalinks in WordPress.
  2. Click Save Changes once.
  3. Check the sitemap again.

This refreshes permalink rules and can restore the WordPress core sitemap.

You can also use the Open Permalink Settings link from the Sitemap Manager screen.

Use Internal Linking in the WordPress Editor

Use Internal Linking in the WordPress Editor

SEO Repair Kit provides Internal Linking suggestions directly while editing content.

Open a supported post in the WordPress editor, open the SEO Repair Kit sidebar, and select:

Internal Linking

In this guide

  • Scanning the current post
  • Understanding suggestion status
  • Reviewing suggestions
  • Editing anchor text
  • Applying a link
  • Managing target keywords

Scan the Current Post

Under Link Opportunities, click:

Scan Current Post

SEO Repair Kit analyzes the current content and displays available opportunities.

[Add Screenshot: WordPress Editor – Internal Linking sidebar]

Suggestion Status

The panel displays the current status of:

  • Rule-Based
  • AI-Powered
  • AI Coverage

If AI processing has not completed, Rule-Based suggestions can still be available while AI-Powered suggestions remain pending.

The AI Settings link provides access to the AI configuration.

Review an Editor Suggestion

Suggestion cards can display:

  • Suggestion type
  • Match quality
  • Score
  • Source sentence or context
  • Highlighted anchor
  • Target option
  • Edit Anchor
  • Apply Link

If multiple target options are available, review the available destinations before applying the link.

Edit Anchor Text

Click Edit Anchor.

The Edit Anchor Selection window opens.

[Add Screenshot: Edit Anchor Selection window]

Context Preview

Shows the surrounding content and currently selected anchor.

Selected Anchor Text

Allows you to modify the selected anchor.

After editing:

  1. Click Save Change.
  2. Review the updated suggestion.
  3. Apply the link when ready.

Apply the Link

When the anchor and target are correct, click:

Apply Link

The selected internal link is then applied through the editor workflow.

Target Keywords in the Editor

The sidebar also provides a Target Keywords section.

Detected Keywords

Displays keywords detected for the current content.

Custom Keywords

Enter a keyword under Add custom keyword… and click Add.

Manage Your Robots.txt File

How to Manage Your Robots.txt File

The Robots.txt tab lets you edit and manage the robots.txt instructions used for website crawlers.

Because robots.txt can affect crawler access, review changes carefully before saving them.

In this guide

  • Open Robots.txt Editor
  • Find the robots.txt URL
  • Understand the editor
  • Save robots.txt
  • Validate robots.txt
  • Reset to Default
  • Apply Enhanced
  • Delete Custom Robots.txt

Open the Robots.txt Editor

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → Robots.txt

At the top, SEO Repair Kit displays the URL where your robots.txt file is available.

For example:

https://example.com/robots.txt

Always use the URL displayed for your own website.


Understand the Robots.txt Editor

The large editor displays the current robots.txt content.

Your screenshot contains an example configuration similar to:

User-agent: *

Disallow: /wp-admin/

Allow: /wp-admin/admin-ajax.php

Sitemap: https://example.com/wp-sitemap.xml

This controls crawler instructions and provides the sitemap location shown by the current configuration.

Important: Do not copy robots.txt rules from another website without understanding what they do. Incorrect directives can prevent crawlers from accessing important website areas.


Edit Robots.txt

Make the required changes directly in the Robots.txt Editor.

Review every rule before saving.

Pay particular attention to:

  • User-agent
  • Allow
  • Disallow
  • Sitemap

Save Robots.txt

After making changes, click:

Save Robots.txt

This saves the custom robots.txt configuration.


Validate Robots.txt

Click:

Validate

to use the validation workflow provided by Bot Manager.

Use validation after editing the file and before considering the configuration complete.


Reset to Default

Click:

Reset to Default

when you intentionally want to return the robots.txt configuration to the default provided by the feature.

Important: Review any custom crawler rules before resetting them because they may need to be recreated afterward.


Apply Enhanced

The Robots.txt Editor also provides:

Apply Enhanced

Use this action when you intentionally want Bot Manager to apply its enhanced robots.txt configuration.

Because your screenshot does not show the resulting rules after pressing Apply Enhanced, the documentation should not list or promise specific rules that this button will add until that resulting screen is documented.

This keeps the guide accurate to the current UI.


Delete Custom Robots.txt

Click:

Delete Custom Robots.txt

when you intentionally want to remove the custom robots.txt configuration managed through this screen.

Important: Deleting the custom file is different from resetting its content. Use this action only when the custom robots.txt should actually be removed.


Review the Public Robots.txt File

After saving, use the robots.txt URL displayed at the top of Bot Manager to review the accessible file.

Confirm that the saved rules match the intended crawler configuration.

Bot Manager FAQs →

404 Monitor

Getting Started

404 Monitor tracks URLs that visitors or bots tried to open but could not find.

Use it to:

  • See total 404 errors
  • Find repeated broken URLs
  • Review IP/user-agent details
  • Convert 404 errors into redirects
  • Export 404 logs
  • Clear old logs when needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to 404 Monitor.
  3. Review the list of 404 URLs.
  4. If a URL should redirect somewhere, click the redirect option.
  5. Choose the target URL.
  6. Save the redirect.

Best practice

Do not redirect every 404 automatically. Redirect only URLs that have a useful replacement page.

Watch 404 Monitor Video : https://youtu.be/SnES_fmVOuo?si=k2EY3qoijKebKIrq

Step-by-Step Guide

This guide explains how to use the 404 Monitor in the SEO Repair Kit plugin to identify and manage broken URLs on your website.

Follow the steps below to monitor and analyze 404 errors.

Step 1 – Access the 404 Monitor

  1. Log in to your WordPress Admin Dashboard.
  2. In the left navigation menu, locate SEO Repair Kit.
  3. Click on 404 Monitor.

Navigation path: Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → 404 Monitor

Step 2 – View the 404 Error Logs

The 404 Monitor dashboard displays a list of all detected broken URLs on your website.

Each entry in the list represents a 404 error request that has been recorded by the plugin when a user or search engine attempts to access a page that does not exist.

For every logged error, the system provides several important details to help you understand the issue.

The URL field shows the page address that returned the 404 error.

The Referrer indicates the page where the broken link originated. This helps identify whether the error is coming from an internal page on your website or an external source.

The Hits value represents how many times the broken URL has been accessed. A higher number of hits may indicate that the issue needs immediate attention.

The Last Accessed information shows the most recent time the error occurred.

Step 3 – Identify the Source of the Error

After reviewing the error logs, the next step is to determine why the 404 error is occurring.

You can identify the source of the problem by checking the Referrer information and the requested URL. This helps you understand where the broken link originated and what might be causing the issue.

In many cases, 404 errors occur because a page has been deleted, the URL structure has changed, or a link was entered incorrectly.

Common causes of 404 errors include:

  • Internal links pointing to pages that no longer exist
  • External websites linking to incorrect URLs
  • Pages that were moved without setting up a redirect
  • Typographical errors in URLs
  • Old URLs still indexed by search engines

Step 4 – Fix the Broken URL

Once you understand the cause of the error, you can take the appropriate action to resolve it.

If the broken link is coming from inside your website, you can edit the content and update the link with the correct URL.

If the page has been moved or renamed, it is recommended to create a redirect from the old URL to the new one. Redirects ensure that visitors and search engines are automatically sent to the correct page.

In some cases, the page may have been deleted accidentally. If the content is still important, you may choose to restore or recreate the page.

Taking the correct action will help prevent visitors from encountering broken pages and will maintain a better user experience.

Step 5 – Monitor and Maintain

After fixing the issue, it is important to continue monitoring the 404 Monitor logs.

Regularly checking the logs allows you to detect new broken links and resolve them quickly. This practice helps maintain the overall health of your website.

By monitoring 404 errors consistently, you can:

  • Improve user experience
  • Maintain better SEO performance
  • Prevent search engines from indexing broken pages
  • Keep your website structure clean and organized
404 monitor

FAQs

What is a 404 error?

A 404 error occurs when a user or search engine tries to access a page that does not exist on the website. This usually happens when a page has been deleted, moved, or the URL was entered incorrectly.

Why are 404 errors important for SEO?

404 errors can negatively affect user experience and SEO performance if they occur frequently. Broken pages may prevent users from accessing content and can reduce the overall quality of your website in the eyes of search engines.

How does the 404 Monitor detect errors?

The 404 Monitor automatically tracks requests made to pages that do not exist. When WordPress returns a 404 status response, the plugin records the request and stores the information in the 404 Monitor logs.

Where can I find the 404 error logs?

You can view the detected 404 errors in your WordPress Dashboard by navigating to:

Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → 404 Monitor

This page displays all logged 404 error requests.

What should I do when I find a 404 error?

When you detect a 404 error, you should first identify the cause. If the page has moved, you can create a redirect to the correct URL. If the link is incorrect, update it within your content. In some cases, restoring the missing page may also solve the issue.

How often should I check the 404 Monitor?

It is recommended to review the 404 Monitor logs regularly, especially after making major changes to your website such as updating URLs, removing pages, or restructuring content.

Regular monitoring helps ensure that broken links are resolved quickly.

Will fixing 404 errors improve my website?

Yes. Resolving broken links improves user experience, helps search engines crawl your website more efficiently, and supports better SEO performance.

Review and Clean Up Search Console Results

Search Console Cleanup

The Search Console Cleanup area is used for URLs that require further cleanup action after Spam Monitor identifies suspicious or unwanted indexed results.

In this guide

  • Open Search Console Cleanup
  • Review URLs waiting for cleanup
  • Verify a result before taking action
  • Continue with the available cleanup workflow
  • Track cleanup status

Open Search Console Cleanup

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Search Console Cleanup


Review URLs Before Cleanup

Before taking action, verify that the URL is actually unwanted.

Check:

  • URL
  • Google result/title
  • Risk classification
  • Risk score
  • Whether the content belongs to your website
  • Why Spam Monitor flagged it

Do not submit legitimate URLs for cleanup simply because they triggered a broad keyword or language rule.


Use the Cleanup Workflow

Follow the controls available in the Search Console Cleanup tab for the selected URL.

The Dashboard’s Cleanup Queue can be used to see how many URLs are waiting for cleanup-related action.


Track Cleaned URLs

Return to the Dashboard to review the Cleaned URLs count and related status information.

Important: Search Console cleanup can affect how URLs appear in Google. Always verify the URL before taking removal or cleanup-related action.

Configure Spam Monitor Alerts →

Use Meta Manager in Elementor

How to Use Meta Manager in Elementor

SEO Repair Kit integrates Meta Manager settings into Elementor Post Settings.

This lets you review and configure supported SEO settings while editing content in Elementor.

In this guide

  • Open SEO Repair Kit in Elementor
  • Use the General tab
  • Review the SERP Preview
  • Edit the snippet
  • Use Advanced settings
  • Configure Canonical URL
  • Use default robots settings
  • Configure custom robots settings

Open SEO Repair Kit in Elementor

Open the post/page with Elementor.

From Elementor’s Post Settings, open:

SEO Repair Kit

The current integration contains:

  • General
  • Advanced

Use the General Tab

Open:

General

The current interface provides a SERP Preview and an Edit Snippet action.

Use Edit Snippet to configure the supported content-level title and description settings.


Open Advanced Settings

Select:

Advanced

This area contains controls including:

  • Canonical URL
  • Use Default Settings
  • Custom Robots Meta Settings
  • Current Robots Meta

Configure the Canonical URL

Use Canonical URL only when you need to override the preferred canonical URL for this content.

Leave the inherited/default behavior unchanged when no custom canonical is required.


Use Default Settings

Keep Use Default Settings enabled when the content should inherit the robots configuration already defined by Meta Manager.


Configure Custom Robots Meta Settings

Disable the default-setting option when this specific content needs a custom robots configuration.

The shared interface includes:

  • No Index
  • No Follow
  • No Archive
  • No Translate
  • No Image Index
  • No Snippet
  • No ODP
  • Max Snippet
  • Max Video Preview
  • Max Image Preview

Review Current Robots Meta before completing the configuration.

Important: Elementor is another editing surface for the same content-level SEO configuration. Avoid creating conflicting settings simply because the controls are accessible from a different editor.

Meta Manager FAQs →

Analyze Search Queries

The Queries report shows the search terms represented in your connected Google Search Console data.

Use it when you want to understand which queries are associated with your site’s Google Search visibility and clicks.

Open the Queries Report

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Queries

📷 Add Screenshot Here — Queries Data

Use your full Queries screenshot.


Understand the Queries Table

Each row contains:

Query

The Google Search query represented in the report.

Clicks

Clicks recorded for that query.

Impressions

The number of recorded search impressions.

Position

The query’s reported average search position.

At the bottom of the report, KeyTrack identifies:

Source: Google Search Console


Find Queries That Need Attention

When analyzing the report, compare the metrics together.

For example, a query may have:

  • impressions but no clicks,
  • clicks and strong visibility,
  • or a different average position from other queries.

These patterns can help you identify queries worth investigating further.

Note: KeyTrack reports the performance data. A low click count by itself does not identify the cause. Search intent, ranking position, page relevance, and how the result appears in search can all be relevant when analyzing performance.


Next Step

Next Guide → Set Up Keyword Performance Thresholds

Meta Manager

Meta Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Meta Manager brings your website’s metadata and search-engine settings together in one place.

It helps you configure SEO titles and meta descriptions, manage metadata for different content types and taxonomies, control archive metadata, configure robots directives, and access Image SEO tools.

In this guide

  • How to access Meta Manager
  • Understanding the Meta Manager tabs
  • Global Meta
  • Content Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Image SEO
  • Archives
  • Advance Settings
  • How Meta Manager settings work
  • Where to start

How to Access Meta Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager

The Meta Manager opens with several tabs for managing metadata and search-engine settings across your WordPress website.


Understanding the Meta Manager

At the top of Meta Manager, you can access six main areas:

  • Global Meta
  • Content Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Image SEO
  • Archives
  • Advance Settings

Each area controls a different part of your website’s SEO metadata or robots configuration.


Global Meta

Global Meta contains site-wide metadata settings.

You can configure:

  • Title Separator
  • Home Page SEO title
  • Home Page meta description
  • Knowledge Graph area

The Home Page section also includes a search-result-style preview.

Configure Global Meta Settings →


Content Types

Content Types lets you configure default metadata for content types registered on your WordPress website.

Depending on your website, these may include Posts, Pages, and other public custom post types.

For each available content type, you can configure:

  • Meta Title
  • Meta Description
  • Advanced Robots Meta

Configure SEO Settings for Content Types →


Taxonomies

Taxonomies lets you configure metadata for taxonomy archive pages.

Depending on the website, available taxonomies may include Categories, Tags, and custom taxonomies registered by themes or plugins.

You can configure title and description templates and control whether a taxonomy inherits global robots settings.

Configure Taxonomy Meta Settings →


Image SEO

Image SEO connects Meta Manager with SEO Repair Kit’s Image Alt Missing feature.

It provides a summary of your images and gives you access to the workflow for reviewing images that are missing alternative text.

Manage Image SEO →


Archives

Archives contains metadata controls for:

  • Author Archives
  • Date Archives
  • Search Page

Archive-specific robots controls are also available where supported.

Configure Archive Meta Settings →


Advance Settings

Advance Settings contains the Global Robots Meta configuration.

These settings provide the default robots behavior that other Meta Manager areas can inherit.

Configure Advanced Robots Meta Settings →


Individual Content Settings

Meta Manager also integrates with individual WordPress posts and pages.

This allows you to review the search preview and customize metadata for a specific piece of content without changing the default configuration for the entire content type.

Edit SEO Settings for Individual Posts & Pages →


Elementor Integration

SEO Repair Kit also provides Meta Manager controls inside Elementor Post Settings, allowing supported SEO settings to be managed while editing content with Elementor.

Use Meta Manager in Elementor →


Where Should I Start?

If you are configuring Meta Manager for the first time, start with Global Meta.

After setting your site-wide foundation, review Content Types, Taxonomies, Archives, and Advance Settings.

Configure Global Meta Settings →

How to Configure Global Meta Settings

The Global Meta tab contains site-wide metadata controls for your WordPress website.

It includes:

  • Title Separator
  • Home Page
  • Knowledge Graph

Open Global Meta

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Global Meta

You will see the Title Separator, Home Page, and Knowledge Graph sections.


Configure the Title Separator

Expand Title Separator.

The separator is used between different parts of dynamic SEO title templates.

For example:

Post Title + Separator + Site Title

Choose the separator you want to use throughout supported Meta Manager title templates.

When the Separator dynamic tag is used elsewhere in Meta Manager, SEO Repair Kit uses the separator selected here.


Configure Home Page Metadata

Expand Home Page.

The Home Page section lets you configure the default SEO title and meta description for your homepage.


Understand the SERP Preview

The preview gives you a search-result-style representation of your homepage metadata.

It can display:

  • URL
  • SEO title
  • Meta description

Use it to review your configuration while editing.

Note: Search engines may choose to display different title or description text in actual search results.


Configure the Site Title

Find Site Title.

You can build the homepage title using available dynamic tags.

The current interface provides quick tags including:

  • Site Title
  • Tagline
  • Separator
  • View all tags →

For example:

%site_title% %sep% %tagline%

SEO Repair Kit replaces the dynamic variables with the corresponding website information when generating metadata.


Review the Title Length

Meta Manager provides character feedback below the title field.

The interface recommends a title of up to 60 characters.

Use the character indicator as guidance rather than adding or removing useful information solely to reach an exact number.


Configure the Meta Description

Find Meta Description.

You can enter a description or use supported dynamic tags such as:

  • Site Title
  • Tagline
  • Separator
  • Other variables available through View all tags

The current interface recommends a meta description of up to 160 characters.

Write a concise description that accurately represents the website.


What Are Dynamic Tags?

Dynamic tags are reusable placeholders.

For example:

%site_title%

uses the current website title, while:

%sep%

uses the Title Separator selected in Global Meta.

They allow you to create reusable metadata patterns without manually entering the same values repeatedly.


Knowledge Graph

Expand Knowledge Graph.

This area is designed to provide entity-related structured information about the person or organization behind the website.

In the shared interface, advanced Knowledge Graph and Author schema functionality is presented through Schema Manager Pro.

Use Unlock Schema Manager (Pro) where that functionality is available for the current plan.

Schema Manager Documentation →

Note: Structured data can provide search engines with additional context but does not guarantee a Knowledge Panel or specific search-result feature.


Save Your Settings

After making changes, click:

SAVE CHANGES

Use Reset to Defaults only when you intentionally want to return the settings on this screen to their default configuration.

Configure SEO Settings for Content Types →

How to Configure SEO Settings for Content Types

The Content Types tab lets you define default metadata and robots behavior for different types of content on your WordPress website.

In this guide

  • Open Content Types
  • Select a content type
  • Configure Meta Title
  • Configure Meta Description
  • Use dynamic tags
  • Configure Advanced Robots Meta
  • Understand Sync Advanced Settings
  • Configure custom robots settings
  • Save settings

Open Content Types

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Content Types

SEO Repair Kit displays the content types currently registered on your website.

The exact list can vary between websites.

For example, your current test environment includes content types such as Posts, Pages and different CPT.


Select a Content Type

Expand the content type you want to configure.

For this guide, we will use Posts as the example.

The Posts area contains:

  • Title & Description
  • Advanced Robots Meta

Configure the Meta Title

Open Title & Description.

Under Meta Title for single Post, configure the default title template used for Posts.

The current interface provides quick tags including:

  • Posts Title
  • Site Name
  • Separator
  • View all tags →

A typical dynamic template can look like:

%title% %sep% %site_title%

This is a default template. Individual posts can override it from their own SEO settings.


Configure the Meta Description

Under Meta Description for single Post, configure the default description pattern.

Available quick tags include:

  • Posts Excerpt
  • Posts Title
  • Site Description
  • View all tags →

A default template can use:

%excerpt%

SEO Repair Kit replaces the dynamic value with information from each individual post.


Configure Other Content Types

Repeat the same process for other content types that require SEO metadata.

Do not assume every website will display the same content types.

The available list depends on WordPress, the active theme, and installed plugins.


Configure Advanced Robots Meta

Open Advanced Robots Meta for the selected content type.

The first important control is:

Sync Advanced Settings

When Sync Advanced Settings Is Enabled

The content type follows the global robots configuration from:

Meta Manager → Advance Settings

This is useful when you want consistent robots behavior across the website.


Use Custom Robots Settings

Disable Sync Advanced Settings when the selected content type genuinely requires its own robots configuration.

Custom controls become available.

The current Posts interface includes:

  • No Index
  • No Follow
  • No Archive
  • No Translate
  • No Image Index
  • No Snippet
  • No ODP
  • Max Snippet
  • Max Video Preview
  • Max Image Preview

Max Snippet

Controls the maximum snippet length.

In the current interface:

-1

represents an unlimited value.

Max Video Preview

Controls the maximum permitted video-preview length.

-1 represents unlimited in the current interface.

Max Image Preview

Controls the permitted image-preview size.

The interface includes options such as Large.

Important: Custom settings override the inherited global robots configuration for that content type. Do not enable No Index or other restrictive directives without understanding their indexing effect.


Save Your Content Type Settings

Click SAVE CHANGES after completing your configuration.

Repeat the process for any other content type that requires different metadata.

Configure Taxonomy Meta Settings →

How to Configure Taxonomy Meta Settings

The Taxonomies tab lets you configure metadata and robots behavior for taxonomy archive pages.

In this guide

  • Open Taxonomies
  • Select a taxonomy
  • Configure Meta Title
  • Configure Meta Description
  • Use dynamic tags
  • Configure Advanced Robots Meta
  • Inherit global settings
  • Create custom taxonomy robots settings

Open Taxonomies

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Taxonomies

The exact taxonomies depend on your website.


Select a Taxonomy

Choose the taxonomy you want to configure.

For example:

Categories

The selected taxonomy contains:

  • Title & Description
  • Advanced Robots Meta

Configure the Taxonomy Meta Title

Open Title & Description.

Find Meta Title for Category.

Available dynamic tags include:

  • Category Title
  • Site Title
  • Separator
  • View all tags

A template can use:

%term% %sep% %site_title%


Configure the Meta Description

Find Meta Description for Category.

Available tags include:

  • Category Title
  • Category Description
  • Site Title
  • View all tags

A default template can use:

%term_description%


Configure Taxonomy Robots Settings

Open Advanced Robots Meta.

With Sync Advanced Settings enabled, the taxonomy follows the robots configuration from Advance Settings.


Configure Custom Taxonomy Robots Settings

Disable synchronization when this taxonomy needs different robots behavior.

[Add Screenshot: Taxonomy custom robots controls]

The current taxonomy interface shows:

  • No Index
  • No Follow
  • No Archive
  • No Snippet
  • No Image Index
  • Max Snippet Length
  • Max Video Preview
  • Max Image Preview

Important: These controls apply to the selected taxonomy archive. They are not the same as changing robots settings for individual posts.

Click SAVE CHANGES.

Manage Image SEO

How to Manage Image SEO

The Image SEO tab connects Meta Manager with SEO Repair Kit’s Image Alt Missing feature.

It helps you identify images that may require alternative-text review.


Open Image SEO

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Image SEO


Understand the Image Alt Missing Summary

The Image SEO screen provides a summary card for Image Alt Missing.

It displays:

Images Missing Alt

Shows the number of detected images currently missing alternative text.

Total Images

Shows the total number of images included in the current summary.


Check Missing Alt Text

Click:

Check Missing Alt Text

SEO Repair Kit opens the dedicated Image Alt Missing workflow.

Because Image Alt Missing has its own complete workflow, detailed image review and editing should be documented separately rather than duplicated inside Meta Manager.

Alt Missing Documentation →

Best practice: Alternative text should describe the purpose or meaningful content of an image. Do not add keywords simply to fill the field, and do not force descriptive alt text onto purely decorative images.

Configure Archive Meta Settings

How to Configure Archive Meta Settings

The Archives tab lets you configure metadata and robots behavior for archive and search pages.

The current interface includes:

  • Author Archives
  • Date Archives
  • Search Page

In this guide

  • Open Archive Settings
  • Configure Author Archives
  • Configure Author robots settings
  • Understand Date Archives
  • Configure Search Page metadata
  • Configure archive-specific robots settings

Open Archive Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Archives


Configure Author Archives

Expand Author Archives.

Open:

Title & Description

Configure Meta Title for Author

Available quick tags include:

  • Author Name
  • Separator
  • Site Title
  • View all tags

A dynamic template can combine the author name with your site title.

Configure the Author Meta Description

Available values include:

  • Author Biography
  • Archive Description
  • Site Description
  • View all tags

Use the preview to review the generated metadata.


Configure Author Archive Robots Settings

Open:

Advanced Robots Meta

Enable Sync Advanced Settings if Author Archives should inherit global robots settings.

Disable it if custom archive behavior is intentionally required.

The current interface includes:

  • No Index
  • No Archive
  • No Image Index
  • No Follow
  • No Snippet
  • Max Snippet Length
  • Max Image Preview
  • Max Video Preview

Important: Your test screenshot shows No Index selected. This is a test-site configuration and should not be presented as a universal recommendation.


Configure Date Archives

Expand Date Archives.

Use the options available in the current interface to configure date-based archive behavior.

If metadata or robots controls are available, configure them according to whether date archives are useful for the website.


Configure the Search Page

Expand:

Search Page

Open:

Title & Description


Configure Search Meta Title

Available quick tags include:

  • Search Term
  • Separator
  • Site Title
  • View all tags

A template can use the visitor’s search term dynamically.


Configure Search Meta Description

Available tags include:

  • Archive Description
  • Site Description
  • View all tags

Review the Preview after configuring the template.

Open Advanced Robots Meta if search-page-specific robots behavior is required.

Click SAVE CHANGES.

Configure Advanced Robots Meta Settings

How to Configure Advanced Robots Meta Settings

Advance Settings controls the default robots meta configuration used across Meta Manager.

Content Types, Taxonomies, and Archives can inherit these settings through Sync Advanced Settings.


Open Advance Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager → Advance Settings


Check the WordPress Indexing Warning

Meta Manager can display:

Search Engine Indexing Disabled by WordPress

when WordPress is configured to discourage search-engine indexing.

When this WordPress setting is active, SEO Repair Kit warns that it will not override the WordPress robots behavior. Your existing interface documents this precedence.

For a public site that is intended to be indexed, review:

WordPress → Settings → Reading

and check:

Discourage search engines from indexing this site

Important: Do not disable this setting on a staging/private site merely to remove the warning.


Use Recommended Default Robots Settings

Expand:

Global Robots Meta (Applies Site-Wide)

Enable:

Use Recommended Default Robots Settings

The current interface displays the recommended preview:

index, follow, max-image-preview:large

This configuration allows indexing and following while permitting large image previews.


Configure Custom Global Robots Settings

Disable:

Use Recommended Default Robots Settings

to expose custom controls.

The current interface includes:

No Index

Requests that search engines do not index applicable content.

No Follow

Requests that search engines do not follow links on applicable content.

No Archive

Requests that search engines do not show a cached copy where supported.

No Translate

Requests that supported search engines do not offer a translated version.

No Image Index

Requests that images associated with applicable content are not indexed.

No Snippet

Requests that search engines do not display a text snippet where supported.

No ODP

A robots directive exposed by the current interface.

Max Snippet

Controls the maximum snippet length.

-1 represents unlimited in the current interface.

Max Video Preview

Controls the maximum video-preview length.

-1 represents unlimited.

Max Image Preview

Controls the permitted image-preview size.


Review the Live Robots Meta Preview

Before saving, review:

Live Robots Meta Preview

The preview shows the directives that the current configuration generates.

Caution: Global robots settings can affect large portions of the website. Review them carefully before saving.

Click SAVE CHANGES.

Edit SEO Settings for Individual Posts & Pages

Use Meta Manager in Elementor

How to Use Meta Manager in Elementor

SEO Repair Kit integrates Meta Manager settings into Elementor Post Settings.

This lets you review and configure supported SEO settings while editing content in Elementor.

In this guide

  • Open SEO Repair Kit in Elementor
  • Use the General tab
  • Review the SERP Preview
  • Edit the snippet
  • Use Advanced settings
  • Configure Canonical URL
  • Use default robots settings
  • Configure custom robots settings

Open SEO Repair Kit in Elementor

Open the post/page with Elementor.

From Elementor’s Post Settings, open:

SEO Repair Kit

The current integration contains:

  • General
  • Advanced

Use the General Tab

Open:

General

The current interface provides a SERP Preview and an Edit Snippet action.

Use Edit Snippet to configure the supported content-level title and description settings.


Open Advanced Settings

Select:

Advanced

This area contains controls including:

  • Canonical URL
  • Use Default Settings
  • Custom Robots Meta Settings
  • Current Robots Meta

Configure the Canonical URL

Use Canonical URL only when you need to override the preferred canonical URL for this content.

Leave the inherited/default behavior unchanged when no custom canonical is required.


Use Default Settings

Keep Use Default Settings enabled when the content should inherit the robots configuration already defined by Meta Manager.


Configure Custom Robots Meta Settings

Disable the default-setting option when this specific content needs a custom robots configuration.

The shared interface includes:

  • No Index
  • No Follow
  • No Archive
  • No Translate
  • No Image Index
  • No Snippet
  • No ODP
  • Max Snippet
  • Max Video Preview
  • Max Image Preview

Review Current Robots Meta before completing the configuration.

Important: Elementor is another editing surface for the same content-level SEO configuration. Avoid creating conflicting settings simply because the controls are accessible from a different editor.

Meta Manager FAQs →

Meta Manager FAQs

What does Meta Manager do?

Meta Manager lets you configure SEO title and meta-description patterns and robots settings for important WordPress content areas.

Where can I find Meta Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager

What are dynamic tags?

Dynamic tags are placeholders that are replaced with actual website/content information.

Examples include:

  • Site Title
  • Post Title
  • Category Title
  • Author Name
  • Search Term
  • Separator

Can Posts and Pages have different metadata?

Yes. Open Content Types and configure the available content types separately.

Why does another website show different Content Types?

Content types depend on what WordPress, the active theme, and installed plugins register on that website.

Why do Taxonomies differ between websites?

The same applies to taxonomies. Plugins/themes can register additional Categories, Tags, or custom taxonomies.

What does Sync Advanced Settings do?

It makes a content type, taxonomy, or archive inherit its robots configuration from:

Meta Manager → Advance Settings

Disable synchronization only when custom behavior is needed.

What does Use Default Settings do in the editor?

It keeps the individual post/page synchronized with its inherited robots configuration.

Turning it off allows a content-level override.

What does -1 mean?

In the current interface, -1 represents an unlimited value for controls such as Max Snippet and Max Video Preview.

Can I change SEO settings for only one post?

Yes. Use Meta Manager inside the WordPress editor and create a content-level override.

Can I use Meta Manager with Elementor?

Yes. The shared interface provides SEO Repair Kit settings inside Elementor Post Settings.

Should I enable No Index for Author Archives?

Not automatically. Whether an archive should be indexed depends on the website structure and SEO strategy.

How do I find images with missing alt text?

Go to:

Meta Manager → Image SEO

and click:

Check Missing Alt Text

Where is Knowledge Graph?

Open:

Meta Manager → Global Meta → Knowledge Graph

In the current interface, advanced functionality is connected with Schema Manager Pro.

Image Alt Text FAQs

What is Image Alt Text Manager?

Image Alt Text Manager helps you find images with missing alt text and review images that already contain alt text.

Where can I find Image Alt Text Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing

How can I find images without alt text?

Open the Image Library and select:

Missing Alt

How can I find images that already have alt text?

Select:

Has Alt

What does the All filter show?

The All filter displays all images available in the Image Library.

How do I add alt text?

Find an image with missing alt text and click:

Add Alt Text

What does Missing Alt Text show?

It shows the number of images that currently do not have alt text.

What does With Alt Text show?

It shows the number of images that already have alt text.

What is the Health Score?

The Health Score provides a percentage-based overview of the current alt text status of your image library.

Can I see the current alt text of an image?

Yes. Images with existing alt text display the value under ALT: on their image cards.

How can I view more images?

Use the pagination controls at the bottom of the Image Library.

Can I change how many images appear on one page?

Yes. Use the Per page option at the bottom of the Image Library.

Configure Redirection Settings

How to Configure Redirection Settings

The Settings tab controls redirect logging, .htaccess integration, and migration from previous Redirection data.

In this guide

  • Open Redirection Settings
  • Enable Detailed Logging
  • Configure .htaccess Sync
  • Write all redirects to .htaccess
  • Review logging status
  • Migrate previous redirect records
  • Save settings

Open Redirection Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Settings


Configure Detailed Logging

The first setting is:

Detailed Logging

Enable:

Log every redirect hit with visitor details

when you want redirect hits logged with visitor information.

The interface states that this can include:

  • IP
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

Administrative changes such as:

  • Create
  • Update
  • Delete
  • Import

are always logged regardless of this setting.

Privacy note: Visitor-level logging can involve information such as IP addresses. Configure data collection and retention according to your site’s applicable privacy requirements.


Configure .htaccess Sync

The next option is:

Enable automatic .htaccess rule generation

When enabled, SEO Repair Kit automatically writes supported redirect rules to .htaccess for Apache/LiteSpeed servers.

The interface advises disabling this option if you prefer PHP-only redirects or use Nginx.


Write All Redirects to .htaccess

The additional option is:

Write all redirects to .htaccess (not just regex and media files)

According to the interface, by default only regex patterns and media-file redirects are written to .htaccess.

Enable this option when you intentionally want all redirects written to .htaccess.

Important: .htaccess affects server-level request handling. Use these settings only on a compatible server configuration.


Save Redirection Settings

After making changes, click:

Save Settings


Review Current Logging Status

Below the settings, SEO Repair Kit displays:

Current Logging Status

Your current screenshot shows:

Detailed Logging: Enabled

and indicates that redirect hits are being logged with visitor details.

This section provides a quick way to confirm whether detailed logging is currently active.


Database Migration

At the bottom of the page, you will find:

Database Migration

This section is intended for redirect records created by a previous version of the plugin.

The interface explains that existing records can be migrated to the new Advanced Redirection system.

The current screenshot shows:

Status: No migration needed – database is up to date.

A Run Migration Now button is also available.

Important: Database migration is not part of the normal process for creating a redirect. Use it when migration from previous Redirection records is actually required.

Redirection FAQs →

Sitemap Manager FAQs

What does Sitemap Manager do?

Sitemap Manager lets you control which selected post types and taxonomies remain in the default WordPress core sitemap.

Where can I find Sitemap Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager

What is the WordPress core sitemap URL?

The default WordPress core sitemap is available at:

/wp-sitemap.xml

Your complete sitemap URL is displayed inside Sitemap Manager.

Do I need to enable Sitemap Manager first?

Yes. Use the Enable Sitemap Manager option under Main Setting before using SEO Repair Kit to control which content remains in the sitemap.

What happens to unchecked post types?

When Sitemap Manager is enabled, unchecked post types are excluded from the WordPress core sitemap.

What happens to unchecked taxonomies?

When Sitemap Manager is enabled, unchecked taxonomies are excluded from the WordPress core sitemap.

Why are different post types shown on different websites?

The available options depend on the post types registered on that WordPress website.

Why are different taxonomies shown on different websites?

The taxonomy list depends on the taxonomies registered on the website.

Does Sitemap Manager control sitemaps generated by other SEO plugins?

No. Sitemap Manager controls only the default WordPress sitemap, wp-sitemap.xml. Sitemaps generated separately by other SEO plugins are not affected by these settings.

Where can I see how many items are selected?

The Current Selection section at the top shows the number of selected post types and taxonomies.

AI Chatbot Access

Transfer a License

Create Auto Linking Rules

Create Auto Linking Rules

Auto Linking lets you create keyword-to-URL rules and find matching content for those rules.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Auto Linking

[Add Screenshot: Auto Linking Rules screen]

In this guide

  • Understanding Auto Linking statistics
  • Creating an Auto Linking rule
  • Choosing Manual or Auto mode
  • Configuring Rule Settings
  • Scanning matching content
  • Applying selected links

Auto Linking Summary

The page displays:

  • Total Rules
  • Active Rules
  • Active Links
  • Removed Links

Create a Rule

Under Create Rule, configure the following:

Keyword / Anchor Text

Enter the phrase that should be matched.

For example:

SEO audit

Destination URL

Enter the target URL for the internal link.

Selection Mode

Choose between:

Manual

Allows you to review matching content and choose where the link should be applied.

Auto

Uses the automatic selection workflow according to the configured rule.

Case Sensitive

Enable Case sensitive when capitalization must match the configured keyword.

Configure Rule Settings

Click:

Rule Settings

[Add Screenshot: Auto Linking – Rule Settings window]

Max Links Per Post

Limits the number of automatic links inserted into one source post.

Max Links Per Keyword

Controls the number of links allowed for the keyword according to the rule.

Default Link Priority

Controls processing priority when multiple keywords match the same sentence.

Published After Date

Restricts content according to the selected publication date.

Target Post Types

Choose the content types the rule can work with.

Available content types depend on the WordPress installation.

Add Link if Post Already Has This Link?

Controls whether another link can be added when the source content already contains the link.

Only Create Internal Links When Target Is Published?

Restricts the rule to published target content when enabled.

Restrict Auto Links to Specific Categories

Limits Auto Linking according to selected categories.

Restrict Auto Links to Specific Tags

Limits Auto Linking according to selected tags.

Create and Scan the Rule

After configuring the rule, click:

Create & Scan Rule

Matching content appears under:

Content Matches Found

Review the matching content and click:

Apply Selected

to apply selected matches.

The interface also provides Remove Rule Links for removing links associated with a rule when applicable.

Important: Review your Auto Linking rules before applying links across multiple content items.

Log Out

Bot Manager FAQs

Bot Manager Frequently Asked Questions

What does Bot Manager do?

Bot Manager provides tools for managing AI content discovery through LLMs.txt and crawler instructions through Robots.txt.

Where can I find Bot Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager

What are the main Bot Manager tabs?

The current interface contains:

  • LLMs.txt
  • Robots.txt

Where can I find my LLMs.txt file?

Open Bot Manager → LLMs.txt.

The URL is displayed near the top of the LLMs.txt Generator.

Can I choose which AI bots are allowed?

Yes. Use AI Bot Access Control to configure the listed bots.

What happens when I uncheck an AI bot?

According to the current Bot Manager interface, unchecked listed bots are blocked using server-level checks and robots.txt rules.

What happens to bots that are not listed?

The current interface states that bots not listed in AI Bot Access Control are allowed by default.

Can I choose which Posts and Pages appear in LLMs.txt?

Yes. Use Select Post Types.

Why do I see Post Types that are not listed in this documentation?

The available Post Types depend on what is registered by WordPress, your theme, and installed plugins.

Can I include Categories and Tags?

Yes, where available. Use Select Taxonomies.

What is Posts/Terms Limit?

It controls the maximum number of links included for each selected post type according to the current interface.

Can I add custom text or links?

Yes. Use Additional Content.

What is the difference between Generate LLMs.txt and Save LLMs.txt?

Generate LLMs.txt creates/updates the generated content based on the current configuration.

Save LLMs.txt saves the reviewed LLMs.txt content.

Can I preview LLMs.txt before saving?

Yes. Use Preview.

Can I delete LLMs.txt?

Yes. Use Delete LLMs.txt when you intentionally want to remove it.

Can I edit robots.txt?

Yes. Open:

Bot Manager → Robots.txt

Can I validate robots.txt?

Yes. The Robots.txt Editor provides a Validate action.

What does Apply Enhanced do?

It applies Bot Manager’s enhanced robots.txt configuration. The exact resulting rules should be reviewed in the editor after applying it.

Bot Manager

Bot Manager Overview

Bot Manager Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Bot Manager gives you tools for controlling how search-engine crawlers and AI bots interact with your WordPress website.

It brings together two important areas:

  • LLMs.txt for AI content discovery and bot access controls
  • Robots.txt for managing crawler instructions

In this guide

  • How to access Bot Manager
  • Understanding the Bot Manager tabs
  • LLMs.txt
  • AI Bot Access Control
  • Content selection
  • Robots.txt
  • Where to start

How to Access Bot Manager

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager

The Bot Manager screen opens with two main tabs:

  • LLMs.txt
  • Robots.txt

LLMs.txt

The LLMs.txt tab provides tools for generating and managing an LLMs.txt file for your website.

The current interface lets you:

  • Control access for listed AI bots
  • Select Post Types
  • Select Taxonomies
  • Set a Posts/Terms Limit
  • Add Additional Content
  • Generate LLMs.txt
  • Review generated LLMs.txt content
  • Preview the file
  • Save the file
  • Delete LLMs.txt

Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File →


AI Bot Access Control

The AI Bot Access Control section lets you choose which listed AI bots can access your LLMs.txt file.

The current interface includes bots/services such as ChatGPT, Claude, Google Bard/Gemini, Perplexity AI, Bing Chat/Copilot, You.com, Character.AI, CCBot, Anthropic AI, DeepSeek, Grok, Qwen AI, Meta Llama, Cohere, Mistral AI, and Hugging Face.

Unchecked bots are handled according to the blocking behavior described in the Bot Manager interface.

Control AI Bot Access →


Content Selection

Bot Manager lets you choose which website content should be included when generating LLMs.txt.

You can select:

  • Post Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Maximum Posts/Terms per type
  • Additional custom content

The exact Post Types and Taxonomies available depend on what is registered on the WordPress website.

Choose Content for LLMs.txt →


Robots.txt

The Robots.txt tab provides an editor for managing your website’s robots.txt content.

From this area, you can:

  • Edit robots.txt
  • Save changes
  • Validate the file
  • Reset it to default
  • Apply an enhanced configuration
  • Delete the custom robots.txt

Manage Your Robots.txt File →


Where Should I Start?

If you are using Bot Manager for the first time, first review the LLMs.txt configuration.

Choose which AI bots you want to allow, select the content you want included, and then generate and review the file before saving it.

After that, review your Robots.txt configuration separately.

Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File →

Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File

How to Create and Manage an LLMs.txt File

SEO Repair Kit’s LLMs.txt Generator helps you create an LLMs.txt file containing selected information and links from your WordPress website.

In this guide

  • Open the LLMs.txt Generator
  • Find your LLMs.txt URL
  • Configure the generator
  • Generate LLMs.txt
  • Review generated content
  • Preview the file
  • Save LLMs.txt
  • Delete LLMs.txt

Open the LLMs.txt Generator

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → LLMs.txt

At the top of the screen, SEO Repair Kit displays the location where the LLMs.txt file is available.


Find Your LLMs.txt File

The purple information bar displays:

Your llms.txt file is available at:

followed by your website’s LLMs.txt URL.

For example, it follows a structure such as:

https://example.com/llms.txt

Use the URL displayed for your own website rather than copying a URL from another installation.


Configure Your LLMs.txt

Before generating the file, configure:

  • AI Bot Access Control
  • Post Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Posts/Terms Limit
  • Additional Content

These settings determine the access configuration and website content used by the LLMs.txt workflow.

The following guides explain these options in detail:

Control AI Bot Access →

Choose Content for LLMs.txt →


Generate LLMs.txt

After configuring the required options, click:

Generate LLMs.txt

SEO Repair Kit generates content according to the selected configuration.


Review LLMs.txt Content

Scroll to:

LLMs.txt Content

The generated content appears in the large content area.

Review the generated content before saving the file.

Check that the information and links included are appropriate for the website.


Preview LLMs.txt

Click:

Preview

to review the LLMs.txt output before finalizing it.

This is useful for checking the generated content without relying only on the configuration controls above.


Save the LLMs.txt File

After reviewing the generated content, click:

Save LLMs.txt

This saves the current LLMs.txt content for the website.


Save Generator Settings

The generator also provides:

Save Settings

Use this to save the current generator configuration.

This is separate from the Save LLMs.txt action shown below the generated content.


Reset Generator Options

Click:

Reset Options

when you intentionally want to return the generator options to their default configuration.

Important: Review your current AI bot and content-selection settings before resetting them.


Delete LLMs.txt

The bottom of the generator provides:

Delete LLMs.txt

Use this when you intentionally want to remove the generated LLMs.txt file.

Important: Do not use Delete LLMs.txt simply because you want to regenerate the content. Use Generate LLMs.txt and the available save workflow when updating the file.

Control AI Bot Access →

Control AI Bot Access

How to Control AI Bot Access

The AI Bot Access Control section lets you choose which listed AI bots can access your LLMs.txt file.

In this guide

  • Find AI Bot Access Control
  • Understand checked and unchecked bots
  • Select individual bots
  • Select or deselect all bots
  • Save your configuration

Open AI Bot Access Control

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → LLMs.txt

Find:

AI Bot Access Control


Understand Bot Access

Each listed bot has a checkbox.

The interface explains that unchecked bots are blocked through server-level checks and robots.txt rules.

It also states that bots not listed in this section are allowed by default.

Therefore, review the available bots carefully according to how you want the site configured.


Select Individual AI Bots

Check the box beside a bot you want enabled according to Bot Manager’s access-control workflow.

The current interface lists:

  • ChatGPT (GPTBot)
  • ChatGPT User
  • Claude (Anthropic)
  • Google Bard/Gemini
  • Perplexity AI
  • Bing Chat/Copilot
  • You.com
  • Character.AI
  • CCBot (Common Crawl)
  • Anthropic AI
  • DeepSeek
  • Grok (xAI)
  • Qwen AI (Alibaba)
  • Meta Llama
  • Cohere
  • Mistral AI
  • Hugging Face

Note: Bot/service names and available controls can change between plugin versions. Document the options shown in the current Bot Manager interface.


Deselect All Bots

The section provides:

Deselect All

Use this when you intentionally want to clear all currently selected AI bot options.

Review the note below the bot list before doing so because unchecked bots are subject to the blocking behavior described by the interface.


Save the Configuration

After changing bot access:

  1. Review the selected bots.
  2. Configure the content you want included in LLMs.txt.
  3. Click Save Settings.
  4. Generate LLMs.txt again if the file needs to reflect the updated configuration.
  5. Review and save the generated file.

Choose Content for LLMs.txt →

Choose Content for LLMs.txt

How to Choose Content for LLMs.txt

Bot Manager lets you control which WordPress content is considered when generating your LLMs.txt file.

You can configure:

  • Post Types
  • Taxonomies
  • Posts/Terms Limit
  • Additional Content

In this guide

  • Select Post Types
  • Select Taxonomies
  • Set Posts/Terms Limit
  • Add Additional Content
  • Generate the updated file

Select Post Types

Find:

Select Post Types

Check the Post Types you want included in the LLMs.txt file.

Your current WordPress installation displays options including:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Media
  • Forums
  • Topics
  • Replies
  • Floating Elements
  • My Templates
  • Structured Data
  • Jobs
  • Courses
  • Lessons
  • Quizzes
  • Assignments
  • Events
  • Reviews
  • Collections

The exact list depends on the Post Types registered on the website.


Select or Deselect All Post Types

Use:

Select / Deselect All

to quickly change all Post Type selections.

For most configurations, select the content types that contain useful public content rather than automatically including every registered technical content type.


Select Taxonomies

Find:

Select Taxonomies

The current interface displays taxonomy options such as:

  • Categories
  • Tags
  • Formats
  • Topic Tags
  • Job Categories
  • Job Types
  • Job Locations
  • Job Tags
  • Course Categories
  • Event Categories

The exact list can differ depending on the website.

Use Select / Deselect All when you need to change all taxonomy selections at once.


Set the Posts/Terms Limit

Find:

Posts/Terms Limit

The current screen shows a value of:

50

The interface describes this as the:

Maximum number of links to include for each post type.

Adjust this value according to how much selected content you want represented in the generated file.


Add Additional Content

Find:

Additional Content

This field lets you add extra text or links that you want included in the LLMs.txt file.

Use this when important information should be included but is not represented by the selected Post Types or Taxonomies.


Generate the Updated File

After configuring the content:

  1. Review selected Post Types.
  2. Review selected Taxonomies.
  3. Check the Posts/Terms Limit.
  4. Add Additional Content if required.
  5. Click Generate LLMs.txt.
  6. Review LLMs.txt Content.
  7. Preview the output.
  8. Click Save LLMs.txt when satisfied.

Manage Your Robots.txt File →

Manage Your Robots.txt File

How to Manage Your Robots.txt File

The Robots.txt tab lets you edit and manage the robots.txt instructions used for website crawlers.

Because robots.txt can affect crawler access, review changes carefully before saving them.

In this guide

  • Open Robots.txt Editor
  • Find the robots.txt URL
  • Understand the editor
  • Save robots.txt
  • Validate robots.txt
  • Reset to Default
  • Apply Enhanced
  • Delete Custom Robots.txt

Open the Robots.txt Editor

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → Robots.txt

At the top, SEO Repair Kit displays the URL where your robots.txt file is available.

For example:

https://example.com/robots.txt

Always use the URL displayed for your own website.


Understand the Robots.txt Editor

The large editor displays the current robots.txt content.

Your screenshot contains an example configuration similar to:

User-agent: *

Disallow: /wp-admin/

Allow: /wp-admin/admin-ajax.php

Sitemap: https://example.com/wp-sitemap.xml

This controls crawler instructions and provides the sitemap location shown by the current configuration.

Important: Do not copy robots.txt rules from another website without understanding what they do. Incorrect directives can prevent crawlers from accessing important website areas.


Edit Robots.txt

Make the required changes directly in the Robots.txt Editor.

Review every rule before saving.

Pay particular attention to:

  • User-agent
  • Allow
  • Disallow
  • Sitemap

Save Robots.txt

After making changes, click:

Save Robots.txt

This saves the custom robots.txt configuration.


Validate Robots.txt

Click:

Validate

to use the validation workflow provided by Bot Manager.

Use validation after editing the file and before considering the configuration complete.


Reset to Default

Click:

Reset to Default

when you intentionally want to return the robots.txt configuration to the default provided by the feature.

Important: Review any custom crawler rules before resetting them because they may need to be recreated afterward.


Apply Enhanced

The Robots.txt Editor also provides:

Apply Enhanced

Use this action when you intentionally want Bot Manager to apply its enhanced robots.txt configuration.

Because your screenshot does not show the resulting rules after pressing Apply Enhanced, the documentation should not list or promise specific rules that this button will add until that resulting screen is documented.

This keeps the guide accurate to the current UI.


Delete Custom Robots.txt

Click:

Delete Custom Robots.txt

when you intentionally want to remove the custom robots.txt configuration managed through this screen.

Important: Deleting the custom file is different from resetting its content. Use this action only when the custom robots.txt should actually be removed.


Review the Public Robots.txt File

After saving, use the robots.txt URL displayed at the top of Bot Manager to review the accessible file.

Confirm that the saved rules match the intended crawler configuration.

Bot Manager FAQs →

Bot Manager FAQs

Bot Manager Frequently Asked Questions

What does Bot Manager do?

Bot Manager provides tools for managing AI content discovery through LLMs.txt and crawler instructions through Robots.txt.

Where can I find Bot Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager

What are the main Bot Manager tabs?

The current interface contains:

  • LLMs.txt
  • Robots.txt

Where can I find my LLMs.txt file?

Open Bot Manager → LLMs.txt.

The URL is displayed near the top of the LLMs.txt Generator.

Can I choose which AI bots are allowed?

Yes. Use AI Bot Access Control to configure the listed bots.

What happens when I uncheck an AI bot?

According to the current Bot Manager interface, unchecked listed bots are blocked using server-level checks and robots.txt rules.

What happens to bots that are not listed?

The current interface states that bots not listed in AI Bot Access Control are allowed by default.

Can I choose which Posts and Pages appear in LLMs.txt?

Yes. Use Select Post Types.

Why do I see Post Types that are not listed in this documentation?

The available Post Types depend on what is registered by WordPress, your theme, and installed plugins.

Can I include Categories and Tags?

Yes, where available. Use Select Taxonomies.

What is Posts/Terms Limit?

It controls the maximum number of links included for each selected post type according to the current interface.

Can I add custom text or links?

Yes. Use Additional Content.

What is the difference between Generate LLMs.txt and Save LLMs.txt?

Generate LLMs.txt creates/updates the generated content based on the current configuration.

Save LLMs.txt saves the reviewed LLMs.txt content.

Can I preview LLMs.txt before saving?

Yes. Use Preview.

Can I delete LLMs.txt?

Yes. Use Delete LLMs.txt when you intentionally want to remove it.

Can I edit robots.txt?

Yes. Open:

Bot Manager → Robots.txt

Can I validate robots.txt?

Yes. The Robots.txt Editor provides a Validate action.

What does Apply Enhanced do?

It applies Bot Manager’s enhanced robots.txt configuration. The exact resulting rules should be reviewed in the editor after applying it.

Bot Manager Troubleshooting

Bot Manager Troubleshooting

Use this guide when LLMs.txt or Robots.txt is not behaving as expected.

In this guide

  • LLMs.txt has not been generated
  • Expected content is missing
  • Unwanted content appears in LLMs.txt
  • AI bot access is incorrect
  • Robots.txt changes are not saved
  • Robots.txt validation reports an issue
  • Custom robots.txt was accidentally reset or deleted

LLMs.txt Has Not Been Generated

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → LLMs.txt

Check that:

  1. Required Post Types are selected.
  2. Required Taxonomies are selected.
  3. Posts/Terms Limit is configured.
  4. AI Bot Access settings have been reviewed.
  5. You clicked Generate LLMs.txt.

After generation, review LLMs.txt Content and save the file.


Expected Content Is Missing from LLMs.txt

Check Select Post Types and Select Taxonomies.

Make sure the content type or taxonomy containing the missing information is selected.

Also review the Posts/Terms Limit, as this controls how many links can be included for each post type according to the interface.

Generate the file again after changing the configuration.


Unwanted Content Appears in LLMs.txt

Review:

  • Selected Post Types
  • Selected Taxonomies
  • Additional Content

Remove selections or custom content that should not be included, then regenerate and review the file.


An AI Bot Has the Wrong Access Configuration

Open:

Bot Manager → LLMs.txt → AI Bot Access Control

Check whether the bot is selected.

Remember that the interface states unchecked listed bots are blocked, while bots not present in the list are allowed by default.

Save the updated configuration after making changes.


Robots.txt Changes Are Not Saved

Open:

Bot Manager → Robots.txt

Make the required edit and click:

Save Robots.txt

Then review the public robots.txt URL displayed at the top of the screen.


Robots.txt Validation Reports an Issue

Review the rules in the editor, particularly:

  • User-agent declarations
  • Allow rules
  • Disallow rules
  • Sitemap entry

Correct the configuration and run Validate again.

Avoid adding crawler directives you do not understand simply to remove a validation message.


I Accidentally Reset Robots.txt

If Reset to Default was used, review the current editor content.

Any custom configuration that is still required may need to be recreated and saved.


I Accidentally Deleted Custom Robots.txt

If Delete Custom Robots.txt was used, return to the Robots.txt Editor and review the current state before recreating a custom configuration.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, collect:

  • Bot Manager tab involved
  • Screenshot of the current settings
  • Expected behavior
  • Actual behavior
  • WordPress version
  • SEO Repair Kit version

For LLMs.txt issues, also include the relevant content-selection configuration.

For Robots.txt issues, include the relevant rules, but remove any information you do not want to share publicly.

Then contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Configure Spam Monitor Alerts

How to Configure Spam Monitor Alerts

Spam Monitor can send email alerts when Google-indexed results meet selected risk conditions.

In this guide

  • Enable email alerts
  • Set alert history size
  • Choose the alert email
  • Choose risk levels
  • Enable scan summaries
  • Review detection thresholds
  • Send a test email
  • Review Alert Volume
  • Manage Alert History

Open Alerts

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Alerts


Enable Email Alerts

Turn on:

Enable Email Alerts

This is the master switch for Spam Monitor alert emails.

If this option is disabled, the selected alert risk levels will not independently enable email delivery.


Set Maximum Alert History Records

Use:

Maximum Alert History Records

to control how many alert-history records are retained in this interface.

The screenshot currently shows:

100

Treat this as the current configured value, not a required value for every website.


Set the Alert Email Address

Enter the email address that should receive Spam Monitor alerts in:

Alert Email Address

Use an email address that is actively monitored by the person responsible for website or SEO issues.


Choose Alert Risk Levels

Under:

Alert on Risk Levels

you can choose:

  • Clean
  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

The current interface recommends enabling:

  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

and keeping Clean disabled to reduce unnecessary notifications.

This is the recommendation displayed by the product interface; adjust the selection according to your monitoring needs.


Send Scan Summary Email

Enable:

Send Scan Summary Email

if you want a digest after each completed scan.

This is useful when you want scan completion information in addition to risk-triggered alerts.


Review Current Detection Thresholds

The Alerts screen also displays the current risk thresholds:

  • Clean
  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

These reflect the risk classification configured through Spam Rules.

For changing thresholds, use:

Spam Monitor → Spam Rules


Save Alert Settings

After making changes, click:

Save Alert Settings


Send a Test Email

Click:

Send Test Email

to test the configured alert email workflow.

This is useful after changing the alert email address or setting up alerts for the first time.


Review Alert Volume

The Alert Volume panel provides a summary of alerts by risk level for the last 30 days.

It separates alert activity into:

  • Clean
  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

Review Alert History

The Alert History table shows recent alert deliveries.

Columns include:

Date

When the alert was recorded.

Domain

The domain associated with the alert.

Type

The alert type, such as a scan summary or detected spam event.

Risk

The associated risk classification.

Score

The risk score associated with the alert.

URLs

The number of relevant URLs recorded for the alert.

Status

Shows the delivery status.


Filter Alert History

The current screen provides filters for:

  • Risk
  • Domain
  • Status

Use these controls when reviewing a larger alert history.


Export Alert History

Click:

Export CSV

to export alert history.


Clear Alert History

Use:

Clear History

when you intentionally want to remove the stored alert history.

Export any required records first.

Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring →

KeyTrack Configuration

Get Started

KeyTrack helps you view Google Search Console performance inside WordPress.

Use it to monitor:

  • Clicks
  • Impressions
  • CTR
  • Average position
  • Keyword/page trends
  • Search performance changes

How to use

  1. Connect Google Site Kit/Search Console.
  2. Open KeyTrack.
  3. Review performance data.
  4. Select keywords/pages to monitor.
  5. Review trends and reports.

Best practice

Use KeyTrack to identify pages that are losing clicks or impressions, then improve titles, descriptions, content, and internal links.

Watch KeyTrack Video : https://youtu.be/uiWgcazUDcc?si=_jnuY39oUNpGzxzj

Step-by-step guide

Step 1: Access to the Plugin SEO Repair Kit

  • Go to the SEO Repair Kit Dashboard.
  • Select KeyTrack from the main menu.
  • Now Select Go to Site Kit Settings.

Step 2: Sign in With Google

  • Click on Sign in with Google for Connect with Site Kit.

Step 3: Email Selection

  • Set up Email alerts if you want to be notified of any significant changes.
  • Now select Email and continue to the next step.

Step 4: KeyTrack Configuration

  • Select all 3 Checkboxes to Configure.
  • Now Allow us to go another Step.
  • Now select the Next button.
  • Now Select Go to my Dashboard.
  • Now you can select Go to SEO Kit KeyTrack.
  • Now you’ll enter in the KeyTrack Feature.

Step 5: KeyTrack Dashboard

The KeyTrack Dashboard helps you see how your website performs on Google Search in a single screen.
It shows your clicks, traffic, keywords, and rankings in easy charts and tables.

Follow these steps to view and understand your dashboard.

  1. Open the Dashboard
    • Go to your WordPress Admin
    • Click SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Overview
    This will open the main KeyTrack dashboard.
  2. Check the Performance Summary At the top, you will see 4 important numbers:
    • Total Clicks → How many people visited your site from Google
    • Total Impressions → How many times your site appeared in search results
    • Average CTR → Percentage of people who clicked your site
    • Average Position → Your average ranking on Google
    These numbers give you a quick overview of your SEO performance.
  3. View the Performance Chart Below the summary, you’ll see a graph. This chart shows:
    • Clicks
    • Impressions
    • CTR
    • Position
    Use it to:
    • Track traffic growth
    • Notice drops
    • Find spikes after updates or changes
    You can also change the date range (like last 7 days or 28 days) to compare results.
  4. Check Top Pages Scroll down to Top Pages. Here you can see:
    • Which pages get the most clicks
    • How many impressions they have
    • Their ranking position
    This helps you:
    • Find your best pages
    • Improve low-performing pages
  5. Check Top Queries (Keywords) Next, go to Top Queries. This shows:
    • Keywords people search for
    • How many clicks each keyword gets
    • Their rankings
    Use this to:
    • Discover popular keywords
    • Optimize your content
    • Target new keyword opportunities

That’s it!

The KeyTrack Dashboard makes it easy to monitor your SEO without leaving WordPress.

Check it regularly to track progress and improve your ranking

FAQs

1. What data sources does KeyTrack Configuration use?

KeyTrack primarily uses data from Google Search Console and search engine results (like Google rankings). It collects metrics such as keyword position, impressions, and CTR directly from these sources.

2. How many keywords can I track simultaneously?

There is usually no strict fixed limit, but it depends on your plan or system capacity. In general:

  • Small setups: hundreds of keywords
  • Medium/large projects: thousands or even unlimited tracking

3. Can I receive alerts for keyword position drops?

Yes. Most keyword tracking systems (including setups like KeyTrack) allow:

  • Alerts for ranking drops or gains
  • Notifications when keywords move significantly
    This helps you react quickly to SEO changes.

4. How often is the data updated?

Data is typically updated:

  • Daily (every 24 hours) in most tracking tools
  • Sometimes at a scheduled time you choose

5. Can I track keywords in multiple languages?

Yes. KeyTrack Configuration supports:

  • Multiple languages
  • Different countries and locations
  • Separate tracking per language setting

KeyTrack Overview

KeyTrack Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s KeyTrack brings Google Search Console performance data into your WordPress dashboard.

It helps you monitor how your website performs in Google Search, including clicks, impressions, click-through rate, average position, page performance, search queries, and keyword performance tracking.


How to Access KeyTrack

  1. Sign in to your WordPress Dashboard.
  2. Go to SEO Repair Kit.
  3. Click KeyTrack.

Once the required Google integration is configured, the KeyTrack dashboard will open.


KeyTrack Sections

At the top of KeyTrack, you’ll find four sections:

Overview

Provides a summary of your website’s search performance, including:

  • Total Clicks
  • Total Impressions
  • Average CTR
  • Average Position
  • Performance chart
  • Top 5 Pages
  • Top 5 Queries

Pages

Displays search-performance information for individual website URLs.

Queries

Shows the Google Search queries associated with your website’s performance data.

Threshold

Lets you configure keyword performance tracking using a threshold reference, selected keywords, and a tracking period.


Where Does KeyTrack Get Its Data?

KeyTrack uses Google Search Console data through the Google Site Kit integration.

You can see Source: Google Search Console at the bottom of the performance tables.

Important: Google Site Kit must be installed, activated, and properly configured before KeyTrack can display Search Console performance data.


Next Step

If you have not connected Google Site Kit yet, continue with:

Set Up KeyTrack with Google Site Kit →

Set Up KeyTrack with Google Site Kit

Before you can use KeyTrack, your WordPress website needs the Google Site Kit integration required by the feature.

If the integration is unavailable, KeyTrack displays a setup screen instead of performance reports.

In this guide

You’ll learn:

  • How to identify when Google Site Kit is required
  • How to start the installation
  • What needs to be configured before using KeyTrack
  • How to verify that KeyTrack is ready

Open KeyTrack

From your WordPress Dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack

If Google Site Kit is not available, SEO Repair Kit displays the setup notice.

It should clearly show:

  • Google Site Kit requirement
  • Installation instructions
  • Install & Activate Google Site Kit button

Install Google Site Kit

The setup screen provides the required workflow:

  1. Install the Google Site Kit plugin.
  2. Activate the Google Site Kit plugin.
  3. Set up Google Site Kit so it can integrate with SEO Repair Kit.

Click:

Install & Activate Google Site Kit

and complete the Site Kit setup process.

Note: Make sure the Search Console data you want to use belongs to the website you are configuring.


Verify the Connection

After completing the Site Kit configuration:

  1. Return to SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack.
  2. KeyTrack should load its main interface.
  3. Check that the Overview, Pages, Queries, and Threshold tabs are available.
  4. Review the Overview to confirm that performance information is being displayed.

Use only the top section of your Overview screenshot, showing:

  • KeyTrack
  • Overview
  • Pages
  • Queries
  • Threshold
  • Date selector
  • four metric cards

If KeyTrack Still Shows the Setup Screen

Check that:

  • Google Site Kit is installed.
  • Google Site Kit is activated.
  • Site Kit setup has been completed.
  • The required Google services are connected for the website.

Then return to KeyTrack and check again.


Next Step

Monitor Search Performance with KeyTrack →

Monitor Search Performance with KeyTrack

The Overview tab gives you a quick view of how your website is performing in Google Search.

Instead of reviewing individual URLs or queries first, use Overview to understand your overall search performance.

Open the Overview

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Overview


Select a Reporting Period

Use the date selector in the upper-right corner to choose the reporting period.

For example, your current interface shows:

Last 28 days

The dashboard updates its performance information according to the selected period.


Understand the Performance Metrics

At the top of the Overview, KeyTrack displays four metrics.

Total Clicks

The number of clicks recorded in Google Search for the selected reporting period.

Total Impressions

The number of times your website’s search results were shown.

Average CTR

The average click-through rate calculated from the available Search Console performance data.

Average Position

The average Google Search position reported for the selected period.


Understand the Performance Chart

Below the summary cards, KeyTrack provides a trend chart containing:

  • Clicks
  • Impressions
  • CTR (%)
  • Position

The chart helps you review how these metrics changed during the selected reporting period.

Caption:
Use the KeyTrack performance chart to review changes in search metrics over time.


Review Top 5 Pages

Scroll to Top 5 Pages.

The table includes:

Page | Clicks | Impressions | Position

This gives you a quick view of pages represented among the leading page-level results in the current report.


Review Top 5 Queries

Below the Pages report, you’ll find Top 5 Queries.

The table contains:

Query | Clicks | Impressions | Position

Use this section for a quick look at leading queries before opening the complete Queries report.


Need More Detailed Data?

Use:

Pages → for individual URL performance.

Queries → for search-query performance.


Next Step

Analyze Page Performance →

Analyze Page Performance

The Pages report lets you examine Google Search performance at the individual URL level.

This is useful when you want more detail than the Top 5 Pages shown on the Overview.

Open the Pages Report

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Pages

📷 Add Screenshot Here — Pages Data

Use your full Pages screenshot.


Understand the Pages Table

Each row represents a website URL.

The table contains:

Page — the URL represented in the report.

Clicks — clicks recorded for that URL.

Impressions — impressions recorded for that URL.

Position — its reported average search position.

Details — opens additional information for that page.


View Page Details

To investigate a particular URL:

  1. Find the page in the table.
  2. Review its Clicks, Impressions, and Position.
  3. Click View Details.

📷 Add Screenshot Here — View Details

Do not add this screenshot yet.


How to Read Page Performance

When reviewing a page, do not rely on only one metric.

For example, compare its:

  • impressions,
  • clicks,
  • and average position

together to understand how that URL appears in the available search-performance data.


Next Step

Next Guide → Analyze Search Queries

Analyze Search Queries

The Queries report shows the search terms represented in your connected Google Search Console data.

Use it when you want to understand which queries are associated with your site’s Google Search visibility and clicks.

Open the Queries Report

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Queries

📷 Add Screenshot Here — Queries Data

Use your full Queries screenshot.


Understand the Queries Table

Each row contains:

Query

The Google Search query represented in the report.

Clicks

Clicks recorded for that query.

Impressions

The number of recorded search impressions.

Position

The query’s reported average search position.

At the bottom of the report, KeyTrack identifies:

Source: Google Search Console


Find Queries That Need Attention

When analyzing the report, compare the metrics together.

For example, a query may have:

  • impressions but no clicks,
  • clicks and strong visibility,
  • or a different average position from other queries.

These patterns can help you identify queries worth investigating further.

Note: KeyTrack reports the performance data. A low click count by itself does not identify the cause. Search intent, ranking position, page relevance, and how the result appears in search can all be relevant when analyzing performance.


Next Step

Next Guide → Set Up Keyword Performance Thresholds

Set Up Keyword Performance Thresholds

The Threshold section provides controls for setting up keyword performance tracking.

You can select target keywords, provide a threshold reference, choose a tracking period, and submit the configuration.

Open Threshold Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Threshold

📷 Add Screenshot Here — Threshold Settings

Use your full Threshold screenshot.

Caption:
Use Threshold Settings to configure keyword performance tracking.


Configure Threshold Tracking

The Threshold Settings panel contains three main fields.

Threshold Reference

Enter the reference value you want to use for the tracking configuration.

Target Your Keywords

Use this field to select the keywords you want to track.

Performance Tracking Period

Choose the available period for performance tracking.

Your screenshot currently shows a testing option:

Demo For Next 2 Minutes

Documentation note: Because this screenshot appears to show a demo/testing interval, don’t write “2 minutes” as the normal recommended tracking period.


Start Tracking

After configuring the settings:

  1. Enter the Threshold Reference.
  2. Select your target keywords.
  3. Choose the Performance Tracking Period.
  4. Click Submit.

Check the Scheduled Cron Job

Below the settings, KeyTrack shows:

Scheduled Cron Job

This area tells you whether a tracking job is currently scheduled.

Your screenshot currently shows:

No cron job currently scheduled.

Clear a Scheduled Job

The Clear Scheduled Cron Job button can be used to remove an existing scheduled tracking job.

Important: Only clear the scheduled job when you intentionally want to stop/remove that scheduled tracking process.

📷 Screenshot Placement

Don’t add another screenshot here.

The full Threshold screenshot already contains both the settings and Scheduled Cron Job area, so repeating it would make the article unnecessarily long.

KeyTrack FAQs

What is KeyTrack?

KeyTrack is an SEO Repair Kit feature that brings Google Search Console performance information into WordPress.

Where can I find KeyTrack?

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack

Why is KeyTrack asking me to install Google Site Kit?

The current KeyTrack integration requires Google Site Kit. If the required integration is unavailable, KeyTrack displays the installation/setup screen.

Where does the performance data come from?

The KeyTrack interface identifies Google Search Console as the source of its performance data.

What information is available in the Overview?

The Overview includes Total Clicks, Total Impressions, Average CTR, Average Position, a performance chart, Top 5 Pages, and Top 5 Queries.

How can I check an individual page?

Open:

KeyTrack → Pages

Find the URL and review its Clicks, Impressions, and Position. You can also use View Details where available.

How can I see search queries?

Open:

KeyTrack → Queries

The table displays Query, Clicks, Impressions, and Position.

Can I change the reporting period?

Yes. Use the date-range selector available in KeyTrack Overview. Your current interface, for example, shows Last 28 days.

What is the Threshold section?

Threshold Settings provides controls for selecting target keywords, entering a threshold reference, choosing a tracking period, and submitting the tracking configuration.

What is the Scheduled Cron Job?

It shows the status of the scheduled process associated with threshold tracking.

What does Clear Scheduled Cron Job do?

It removes the currently scheduled threshold-tracking job. Use it only when you intentionally want to clear that schedule.

Meta Manager FAQs

What does Meta Manager do?

Meta Manager lets you configure SEO title and meta-description patterns and robots settings for important WordPress content areas.

Where can I find Meta Manager?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager

What are dynamic tags?

Dynamic tags are placeholders that are replaced with actual website/content information.

Examples include:

  • Site Title
  • Post Title
  • Category Title
  • Author Name
  • Search Term
  • Separator

Can Posts and Pages have different metadata?

Yes. Open Content Types and configure the available content types separately.

Why does another website show different Content Types?

Content types depend on what WordPress, the active theme, and installed plugins register on that website.

Why do Taxonomies differ between websites?

The same applies to taxonomies. Plugins/themes can register additional Categories, Tags, or custom taxonomies.

What does Sync Advanced Settings do?

It makes a content type, taxonomy, or archive inherit its robots configuration from:

Meta Manager → Advance Settings

Disable synchronization only when custom behavior is needed.

What does Use Default Settings do in the editor?

It keeps the individual post/page synchronized with its inherited robots configuration.

Turning it off allows a content-level override.

What does -1 mean?

In the current interface, -1 represents an unlimited value for controls such as Max Snippet and Max Video Preview.

Can I change SEO settings for only one post?

Yes. Use Meta Manager inside the WordPress editor and create a content-level override.

Can I use Meta Manager with Elementor?

Yes. The shared interface provides SEO Repair Kit settings inside Elementor Post Settings.

Should I enable No Index for Author Archives?

Not automatically. Whether an archive should be indexed depends on the website structure and SEO strategy.

How do I find images with missing alt text?

Go to:

Meta Manager → Image SEO

and click:

Check Missing Alt Text

Where is Knowledge Graph?

Open:

Meta Manager → Global Meta → Knowledge Graph

In the current interface, advanced functionality is connected with Schema Manager Pro.

Set Up Keyword Performance Thresholds

The Threshold section provides controls for setting up keyword performance tracking.

You can select target keywords, provide a threshold reference, choose a tracking period, and submit the configuration.

Open Threshold Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack → Threshold

📷 Add Screenshot Here — Threshold Settings

Use your full Threshold screenshot.

Caption:
Use Threshold Settings to configure keyword performance tracking.


Configure Threshold Tracking

The Threshold Settings panel contains three main fields.

Threshold Reference

Enter the reference value you want to use for the tracking configuration.

Target Your Keywords

Use this field to select the keywords you want to track.

Performance Tracking Period

Choose the available period for performance tracking.

Your screenshot currently shows a testing option:

Demo For Next 2 Minutes

Documentation note: Because this screenshot appears to show a demo/testing interval, don’t write “2 minutes” as the normal recommended tracking period.


Start Tracking

After configuring the settings:

  1. Enter the Threshold Reference.
  2. Select your target keywords.
  3. Choose the Performance Tracking Period.
  4. Click Submit.

Check the Scheduled Cron Job

Below the settings, KeyTrack shows:

Scheduled Cron Job

This area tells you whether a tracking job is currently scheduled.

Your screenshot currently shows:

No cron job currently scheduled.

Clear a Scheduled Job

The Clear Scheduled Cron Job button can be used to remove an existing scheduled tracking job.

Important: Only clear the scheduled job when you intentionally want to stop/remove that scheduled tracking process.

📷 Screenshot Placement

Don’t add another screenshot here.

The full Threshold screenshot already contains both the settings and Scheduled Cron Job area, so repeating it would make the article unnecessarily long.

Schema Manager

Getting Started

Schema Manager helps you create structured data for search engines.

Use it to create schema such as:

  • Article
  • News Article
  • Blog Posting
  • FAQ
  • Product
  • Event
  • Course
  • JobPosting
  • Review
  • Recipe
  • Local Business
  • Organization
  • Website
  • Author
  • Medical Condition

How it Work

  1. Open Schema Manager.
  2. Choose schema type.
  3. Fill required fields.
  4. Map fields to content where needed.
  5. Preview the schema.
  6. Validate with Google Rich Results or Schema Validator.
  7. Save.

Best practice

Only add schema that matches visible page content. Incorrect schema can hurt trust and rich result eligibility.

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Access the Schema Manager
From your SEO Repair Kit dashboard, navigate to:
SEO Repair Kit → Schema Manager
This is your central workspace where you can create, manage, and deploy structured data (schema markup) across your website.

Step 2: Ensure Pro Feature is Active
Schema Manager is a Pro feature, so make sure:

  • Your Pro license is activated
  • The feature is enabled in your plugin

Without activation, schema options will not be available.

Step 3: Choose a Schema Type
Click on “Add New Schema” or select an existing one.
You’ll see 15+ supported schema types, such as:

Article
FAQ
Product
Event
Review
Recipe
Local Business
Course
Job Posting
Video Object
Select the schema type that best matches your content.

Step 4: Configure Schema Assignment
Decide where the schema should be applied:

  • Posts
  • Pages
  • Custom Post Types

This ensures the correct schema appears only on relevant content.

Step 5: Map Content Fields
Use the visual field mapper to connect your content with schema properties.
For example:

Post Title → Headline

Featured Image → Image

Content → Description

This step ensures your schema pulls dynamic, accurate data automatically.

Step 6: Customize Schema Fields
Enable or disable specific schema fields based on your needs:

  • Add custom values if required
  • Remove unnecessary fields
  • Adjust optional properties for better accuracy

This helps maintain clean and optimized structured data.

Step 7: Save Configuration
Once everything is set:

  • Click Save Schema
  • The schema will now be automatically applied to selected content

No coding or manual insertion is required.

Step 8: Validate Your Schema
After saving, test your schema using:

  • Google Rich Results Test
  • Schema validation tools

This confirms:

Your schema is eligible for rich results

No errors exist

FAQ's

1. What is schema markup?
Structured data for search engines.

2. Do I need coding knowledge?
No.

3. What formats are supported?
JSON-LD.

4. Can I use multiple schemas?
Yes.

5. Does it improve rankings?
Indirectly through better visibility.

6. What is FAQ schema?
Displays questions in search results.

7. Can I edit schema later?
Yes.

8. Is validation required?
Highly recommended.

9. Does it support all post types?
Yes.

10. Is it automatic?
Yes, after configuration.

Image Alt Text Troubleshooting

Images Are Not Appearing Under Missing Alt

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Image Alt Missing → Missing Alt

Check whether the image appears in the filtered Image Library.


An Image Still Shows Missing Alt Text

Check the image card and confirm whether an ALT: value is displayed.

If the image still shows Add Alt Text, add the required alt text and save the change.


Image Preview Is Not Showing

Check the corresponding image in your WordPress Media Library and confirm that the image file is available.


Alt Text Is Not Visible

Open the Has Alt filter and find the image.

The current alt text should appear under:

ALT:


Image Counts Look Incorrect

Review the following summary cards:

  • Total Images
  • Missing Alt Text
  • With Alt Text

Then use the Missing Alt and Has Alt filters to review the images in each group.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Redirection FAQs

Redirection Frequently Asked Questions

Where can I find Redirection?

Go to:

WordPress Admin → SEO Repair Kit → Redirection


What is a Source URL?

The Source URL is the URL from which the redirect starts.

For example:

/old-page/


What is a Target URL?

The Target URL is the destination users should reach.

For example:

/new-page/


What does 301 – Moved Permanently mean?

It indicates that the resource has permanently moved from the Source URL to the Target URL.


What does Hits mean?

Hits shows the number of recorded times a redirect has been triggered.


Can I reset redirect hit counts?

Yes.

Use Reset Hits for an individual redirect or Reset All Hits for the available redirect records.


What information is available in Redirect Logs?

The current interface can display:

  • Date
  • Action
  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • IP Address
  • User Agent
  • Referrer

Can I export my redirects?

Yes.

The current export options are:

  • CSV
  • JSON
  • Nginx
  • Apache .htaccess

Can I import redirects?

Yes.

The current import area supports CSV, JSON, and Apache .htaccess according to the help information displayed in the interface.


What is the maximum import file size?

The current interface specifies a maximum file size of 10MB.


What does Update Existing Redirections do?

When enabled during import, existing redirects with matching IDs can be updated. Otherwise, matching existing redirects are skipped.


What does Detailed Logging do?

When enabled, redirect hits can be logged with visitor details including IP address, User Agent, and Referrer.


Are administrative changes logged?

The current Settings interface states that create, update, delete, and import actions are logged regardless of the Detailed Logging setting.


Should I enable .htaccess Sync on Nginx?

The interface specifically says automatic .htaccess generation is for Apache/LiteSpeed and advises disabling it if you use Nginx.


What is Database Migration?

It is provided for migrating redirect records from a previous plugin version to the current Advanced Redirection system.

Sitemap Manager Troubleshooting

WordPress Sitemap Is Not Opening

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → Settings → Permalinks

Click Save Changes once, then check the sitemap again.


A Post Type Is Missing From the Sitemap

  1. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Sitemap Manager.
  2. Make sure Enable Sitemap Manager is turned on.
  3. Find Included Post Types.
  4. Make sure the required post type is checked.
  5. Click Save Sitemap Settings.

A Taxonomy Is Missing From the Sitemap

  1. Open Included Taxonomies.
  2. Make sure the required taxonomy is selected.
  3. Click Save Sitemap Settings.
  4. Check the WordPress core sitemap again.

Sitemap Manager Is Not Affecting Another SEO Plugin’s Sitemap

This is expected. Sitemap Manager controls only the default WordPress core sitemap:

wp-sitemap.xml

It does not control separate sitemaps generated by other SEO plugins.


Selected Content Is Not Updating

Review the Current Selection section to confirm your selections, then click Save Sitemap Settings again.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Monthly vs Yearly Billing

Change Internal URLs with URL Changer

Change Internal URLs with URL Changer

The Global URL Changer replaces matching URLs across website content using a review-first workflow.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → URL Changer

[Add Screenshot: Global URL Changer screen]

In this guide

  • Entering the old URL
  • Entering the replacement URL
  • Running a Dry Scan
  • Replacing URLs
  • Reviewing URL Change Logs

Enter the Old URL

Under Old URL or Path, enter the URL or path you want to find.

Enter the New URL

Under New URL or Path, enter its replacement.

Run a Dry Scan

Before making the actual change, click:

Run Dry Scan

Review the affected content before performing the replacement.

Replace the URL

After reviewing the Dry Scan results, click:

Replace URL

The URL Changer workflow can:

  • Search post content
  • Preview affected posts
  • Replace matching href URLs
  • Store rollback information
  • Re-index changed posts
  • Support Undo

URL Change Logs

Completed URL operations are recorded under URL Change Logs.

The table includes:

  • Old URL
  • New URL
  • Affected Posts
  • Links Changed
  • Failed
  • Status
  • Actions

Important: Run a Dry Scan before replacing a URL, especially when the URL may appear across multiple content items.

Common Help

Bot Manager Troubleshooting

Bot Manager Troubleshooting

Use this guide when LLMs.txt or Robots.txt is not behaving as expected.

In this guide

  • LLMs.txt has not been generated
  • Expected content is missing
  • Unwanted content appears in LLMs.txt
  • AI bot access is incorrect
  • Robots.txt changes are not saved
  • Robots.txt validation reports an issue
  • Custom robots.txt was accidentally reset or deleted

LLMs.txt Has Not Been Generated

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Bot Manager → LLMs.txt

Check that:

  1. Required Post Types are selected.
  2. Required Taxonomies are selected.
  3. Posts/Terms Limit is configured.
  4. AI Bot Access settings have been reviewed.
  5. You clicked Generate LLMs.txt.

After generation, review LLMs.txt Content and save the file.


Expected Content Is Missing from LLMs.txt

Check Select Post Types and Select Taxonomies.

Make sure the content type or taxonomy containing the missing information is selected.

Also review the Posts/Terms Limit, as this controls how many links can be included for each post type according to the interface.

Generate the file again after changing the configuration.


Unwanted Content Appears in LLMs.txt

Review:

  • Selected Post Types
  • Selected Taxonomies
  • Additional Content

Remove selections or custom content that should not be included, then regenerate and review the file.


An AI Bot Has the Wrong Access Configuration

Open:

Bot Manager → LLMs.txt → AI Bot Access Control

Check whether the bot is selected.

Remember that the interface states unchecked listed bots are blocked, while bots not present in the list are allowed by default.

Save the updated configuration after making changes.


Robots.txt Changes Are Not Saved

Open:

Bot Manager → Robots.txt

Make the required edit and click:

Save Robots.txt

Then review the public robots.txt URL displayed at the top of the screen.


Robots.txt Validation Reports an Issue

Review the rules in the editor, particularly:

  • User-agent declarations
  • Allow rules
  • Disallow rules
  • Sitemap entry

Correct the configuration and run Validate again.

Avoid adding crawler directives you do not understand simply to remove a validation message.


I Accidentally Reset Robots.txt

If Reset to Default was used, review the current editor content.

Any custom configuration that is still required may need to be recreated and saved.


I Accidentally Deleted Custom Robots.txt

If Delete Custom Robots.txt was used, return to the Robots.txt Editor and review the current state before recreating a custom configuration.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, collect:

  • Bot Manager tab involved
  • Screenshot of the current settings
  • Expected behavior
  • Actual behavior
  • WordPress version
  • SEO Repair Kit version

For LLMs.txt issues, also include the relevant content-selection configuration.

For Robots.txt issues, include the relevant rules, but remove any information you do not want to share publicly.

Then contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring

How to Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring

Scheduled Spam Monitoring allows SEO Repair Kit to run Google SERP scans automatically using your Spam Rules, provider configuration, saved reports, and alert settings.

In this guide

  • Enable scheduled scans
  • Choose frequency
  • Set scan depth
  • Choose run time
  • Include subdomains
  • Developer testing mode
  • Review schedule status
  • Run a scan manually
  • SRK Cloud Status
  • Default Scan Behavior
  • SERP Provider
  • Alerts Summary

Open Spam Monitor Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Settings


Enable Scheduled Scans

Turn on:

Enable Scheduled Scans

The interface explains that this option is disabled by default and provider requests are not used until scheduled scanning is enabled and saved.


Choose the Frequency

Use:

Frequency

to select how often scheduled monitoring should run.

The current screenshot shows:

Every day (Recommended)

Choose from the options available in your installation according to how often the website should be monitored.


Configure Scan Depth

Use:

Scan Depth

to control the available scheduled scan depth.

The current configuration displays a three-request option capable of checking up to the number of records indicated by the interface.

Because the exact options may vary, choose from the values presented by your current Spam Monitor installation.


Set the Run Time

Use:

Run Time

to choose the intended time for the scheduled scan.

The interface also displays the timezone used by the schedule.


Include Subdomains

Enable:

Include Subdomains

when indexed results from the website’s subdomains should be included in monitoring.

Leave it disabled if monitoring should remain limited to the primary website according to your intended setup.


Developer Testing Mode

The Settings screen includes:

Developer testing mode

This allows scheduled automation to scan a public test website while using the current site’s Spam Rules and provider settings.

For normal production monitoring, keep this disabled unless you specifically need the testing workflow.


Scheduled Website

The Scheduled Website field displays the website used for scheduled scans.

In normal mode, scheduled scans use the current WordPress website.

The field becomes editable only when Developer testing mode is enabled.


Review Schedule Information

The status area displays:

Website

The website used for scheduled monitoring.

Next Run

The intended next scheduled scan.

Last Run

The previous scheduled run.

Last Status

The status of the previous run.

Estimated Monthly Requests

An estimate of provider requests based on the current schedule.

Last Scan

The most recent scan reference.


Understand WordPress Cron Timing

The interface notes that WordPress Cron runs due tasks on the next site request.

Therefore, the displayed scheduled time is the intended site-local run time, but execution can be delayed on low-traffic websites.


Save the Schedule

After configuring monitoring, click:

Save Schedule


Run Now

Click:

Run Now

when you want to trigger the available scan workflow without waiting for the next scheduled run.


Reset Schedule Settings

Use:

Reset Schedule Settings

when you intentionally want to reset the scheduled-monitoring configuration.


Review SRK Cloud Status

The SRK Cloud Status card displays connection and synchronization information.

It can include:

  • Connection
  • Rules Sync
  • Last Rules Sync
  • Free Trial Remaining
  • Provider Connection

Review Default Scan Behavior

The Default Scan Behavior card summarizes the default scan configuration.

The current interface shows information such as:

  • Default Indexed Results
  • Estimated Requests
  • Include Subdomains
  • Manual Request Limit

This section is primarily a status/summary area rather than the main scheduled-monitoring configuration.


Review SERP Provider

The SERP Provider card shows the provider connection used for SERP scanning.

The current interface displays:

  • Recommended Provider
  • Current Provider
  • Provider Mode
  • Masked Credentials
  • Last Tested
  • Connection status

Security: Keep provider credentials private. Documentation screenshots should mask API keys or other credentials.


Review Alerts Summary

The Alerts Summary card gives you a quick view of alert configuration.

It includes:

  • Email Alerts
  • Alert Email
  • Suspicious Alerts
  • Spam Alerts
  • Critical Alerts

Use Open Alerts when you need to change the full alert configuration.


Open Google SERP Scan

Use:

Open Google SERP Scan

to move directly from Settings to the manual scan workflow.

Spam Monitor FAQs →

KeyTrack FAQs

What is KeyTrack?

KeyTrack is an SEO Repair Kit feature that brings Google Search Console performance information into WordPress.

Where can I find KeyTrack?

Go to:

WordPress Dashboard → SEO Repair Kit → KeyTrack

Why is KeyTrack asking me to install Google Site Kit?

The current KeyTrack integration requires Google Site Kit. If the required integration is unavailable, KeyTrack displays the installation/setup screen.

Where does the performance data come from?

The KeyTrack interface identifies Google Search Console as the source of its performance data.

What information is available in the Overview?

The Overview includes Total Clicks, Total Impressions, Average CTR, Average Position, a performance chart, Top 5 Pages, and Top 5 Queries.

How can I check an individual page?

Open:

KeyTrack → Pages

Find the URL and review its Clicks, Impressions, and Position. You can also use View Details where available.

How can I see search queries?

Open:

KeyTrack → Queries

The table displays Query, Clicks, Impressions, and Position.

Can I change the reporting period?

Yes. Use the date-range selector available in KeyTrack Overview. Your current interface, for example, shows Last 28 days.

What is the Threshold section?

Threshold Settings provides controls for selecting target keywords, entering a threshold reference, choosing a tracking period, and submitting the tracking configuration.

What is the Scheduled Cron Job?

It shows the status of the scheduled process associated with threshold tracking.

What does Clear Scheduled Cron Job do?

It removes the currently scheduled threshold-tracking job. Use it only when you intentionally want to clear that schedule.

Auto Scan

Getting Started

Auto Scan lets SEO Repair Kit scan links automatically on a schedule.

Use it to:

  • Schedule recurring link scans
  • Choose scan frequency
  • Choose scan scope
  • Choose post types
  • Set batch size and request timeout
  • Send automatic email reports

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Auto Scan.
  3. Enable automatic scans.
  4. Select frequency, such as daily, every 3 days, weekly, biweekly, or monthly.
  5. Choose what content should be scanned.
  6. Save settings.

Free access note

Free Link Scanner access may be limited to Pages and a limited number of links per run.

Step by Step Guide

Using the Auto Scan Feature:

FAQs

Redirection Troubleshooting

Redirection Troubleshooting

Use this guide when a redirect or Redirection feature is not behaving as expected.

In this guide

  • Redirect does not work
  • Redirect points to the wrong page
  • Redirect hit count does not increase
  • Redirect logs do not contain visitor details
  • Import does not work
  • Existing redirect was skipped during import
  • .htaccess rules are not being generated
  • Database migration issues

A Redirect Does Not Work

First review the redirect under:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Redirections

Check:

  1. The Source URL is correct.
  2. The Target URL is correct.
  3. The redirect shows Active.
  4. The appropriate redirect type is selected.
  5. Use Regular Expression is not enabled accidentally for a normal URL redirect.

Then test the Source URL again.


A Redirect Opens the Wrong Page

Open the redirect and review its Target URL.

Make sure the destination is the intended replacement for the Source URL.

Edit the redirect if the destination is incorrect.


Redirect Hit Count Does Not Increase

First test the actual Source URL.

Then click Refresh in Redirect Analytics and review the redirect’s Hits value.

Also review Redirect Logs for a corresponding REDIRECT event.


Redirect Logs Do Not Show Visitor Details

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Settings

Check:

Detailed Logging → Log every redirect hit with visitor details

If detailed visitor logging is required, make sure the option is enabled and save the settings.


An Import File Cannot Be Imported

Check that:

  • The file uses a supported import format.
  • The file is within the 10MB limit.
  • CSV columns use the expected structure.
  • JSON uses the expected redirect-object fields.
  • .htaccess contains supported rule formats.

For CSV, the interface expects:

source_url, target_url, redirect_type, status, is_regex


Existing Redirects Are Skipped During Import

Check:

Update Existing Redirections

If it is disabled, the interface states that existing redirects with matching IDs are skipped.

Enable it only when you intentionally want matching records updated.


.htaccess Rules Are Not Being Generated

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Redirection → Settings

Check:

Enable automatic .htaccess rule generation

Also confirm that the website uses a compatible Apache/LiteSpeed environment.

For Nginx, the interface advises using a different approach rather than .htaccess synchronization.


Database Migration Shows No Migration Needed

If the Database Migration section displays:

No migration needed – database is up to date

no normal migration action is required.

Do not repeatedly run migration simply because the button is available.


Still Need Help?

If the issue continues, collect:

  • Source URL
  • Target URL
  • Redirect Type
  • Redirect status
  • Relevant Redirect Log
  • Redirection Settings screenshot
  • Server type where relevant
  • SEO Repair Kit version
  • WordPress version

Do not include private credentials or unnecessary personal visitor information in support screenshots.

Then contact SEO Repair Kit Support.

Website Seats

Contact Support

Spam Monitor FAQs

Spam Monitor Frequently Asked Questions

What does Spam Monitor do?

Spam Monitor checks indexed Google results and evaluates them using configurable language, keyword, URL-pattern, and scoring rules.

Where can I find Spam Monitor?

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor

What are the Spam Monitor tabs?

The current interface contains:

Dashboard, Spam Rules, Google SERP Scan, Search Console Cleanup, Alerts, and Settings.

What is a Suspicious result?

A result whose calculated score falls within the configured Suspicious threshold.

With the current shown thresholds, that is 31–60.

What is a Spam result?

With the current shown configuration, scores from 61–80 are classified as Spam.

What is Critical?

With the current shown configuration, scores from 81–100 are classified as Critical.

Can I change these thresholds?

Yes. Use:

Spam Monitor → Spam Rules → Score Thresholds

Can Spam Monitor detect unexpected languages?

Yes. Configure Website Allowed Languages and Flag Unexpected Languages under Language Rules.

Can I add my own spam keywords?

Yes. Add them under Custom Blocked Keywords, one keyword per line.

Can I detect suspicious URL patterns?

Yes. Spam Rules includes URL Pattern Rules and custom Blocked URL Patterns.

Can Spam Monitor run automatically?

Yes. Configure Scheduled Spam Monitoring under Settings.

Can scheduled monitoring include subdomains?

Yes. Use Include Subdomains where required.

Can Spam Monitor send email alerts?

Yes. Configure them under Spam Monitor → Alerts.

Can I choose which risk levels send alerts?

Yes. You can select Clean, Suspicious, Spam, and Critical individually.

Can I receive a summary after a scan?

Yes. Enable Send Scan Summary Email.

Can I test alert email delivery?

Yes. Use Send Test Email.

Can I export results?

The current interface provides CSV export actions for areas such as risky SERP data and Alert History.

Does a Suspicious result always mean my site has been hacked?

No. A Suspicious classification means the result matched configured scoring conditions strongly enough to fall within the Suspicious threshold. Review the result before taking action.

Staging Websites

Find and Fix Orphan Content

Find and Fix Orphan Content

The Orphan Content area helps identify pages with insufficient inbound internal links.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Orphan Content

[Add Screenshot: Orphan Content Discovery screen]

In this guide

  • Understanding orphan-content status
  • Refreshing orphan status
  • Filtering content
  • Finding link opportunities
  • Ignoring selected content

Understand the Summary

Content is grouped into:

Critical Orphans

Content classified as critical based on its current inbound-link state.

Low Inbound

Content with a low number of inbound internal links.

Healthy Content

Content with a healthier inbound-link state.

Ignored Items

Content intentionally excluded from active orphan-content review.

Refresh Orphan Status

Click:

Refresh Orphan Status

to update the current classification using available indexed data.

Filter by Risk Level

Use the Risk Level selector and click Filter.

Understand the Table

The table contains:

  • Post/Page Title
  • Type
  • Inbound Links
  • Risk Level
  • Actions

Find Opportunities

Click Find Opportunities for an item when you want to find potential internal links for that content.

Ignore an Item

Click Ignore when you intentionally do not want an item included in active orphan-content review.

Spam Monitor Troubleshooting

Spam Monitor Troubleshooting

Use this guide when Spam Monitor scans, rules, alerts, or scheduled monitoring are not behaving as expected.

SERP scan is not working

Check:

  • SERP Provider connection
  • Provider status
  • Spam Rules sync status
  • Current configuration
  • Available request/trial status displayed by the interface

Then try the scan again.

Results are being incorrectly flagged

Review:

Spam Rules → Language Rules

Check whether legitimate website languages are included under Website Allowed Languages.

Then review:

  • Spam Keyword Rules
  • Custom Blocked Keywords
  • URL Pattern Rules
  • Blocked URL Patterns
  • Scoring values
  • Score Thresholds

Overly broad rules can cause legitimate results to receive higher scores.

Unexpected-language results are not being detected

Check:

  • Website Allowed Languages
  • Expected Spam Languages
  • Flag Unexpected Languages
  • Language Mismatch Score

Then save and synchronize the rules before running another scan.

Spam keywords are not being detected

Check whether the relevant category is enabled.

Also review Custom Blocked Keywords and make sure each custom keyword is entered on its own line.

Rules are not synchronized

Check Rules Sync Status.

Use Save All Rules after changing rules and use Sync Rules Now when the available synchronization action is required.

I am receiving too many alert emails

Go to:

Spam Monitor → Alerts

Review Alert on Risk Levels.

The current interface recommends enabling Suspicious, Spam, and Critical while keeping Clean disabled to reduce notification fatigue.

Also review Send Scan Summary Email if you do not need a digest after every scan.

I am not receiving alert emails

Check:

  • Enable Email Alerts
  • Alert Email Address
  • Selected risk levels
  • Send Scan Summary Email, if applicable

Then use:

Send Test Email

to test the alert workflow.

Scheduled scan did not run at the exact displayed time

The interface explains that scheduled monitoring uses WordPress Cron.

A due task runs on a subsequent site request, so low-traffic websites can experience a delay compared with the intended run time.

Wrong website is being scanned

Check Developer testing mode.

For normal scheduled monitoring, this should remain disabled so the current WordPress website is used.

Subdomains are missing from scans

Review Include Subdomains in the relevant scan/schedule configuration.

Risk scores seem incorrect

Review all scoring contributors under Spam Rules:

  • Language Mismatch Score
  • Spam Keyword Score
  • URL Pattern Score
  • Score Thresholds

Use Scoring Preview to understand how multiple matches can contribute to the final score.


Still Need Help?

When contacting SEO Repair Kit Support, provide the relevant:

  • Spam Monitor tab
  • Screenshot
  • Domain being scanned
  • Scan status
  • Risk score/classification
  • Relevant Spam Rules
  • Expected behavior
  • Actual behavior
  • SEO Repair Kit version

Do not include SERP provider API keys or other private credentials.

Which Plan Should I Choose?

Smart Redirects

Getting Started

Smart Redirects can automatically create safer redirects for broken internal URLs.

Use it to:

  • Redirect broken singular content URLs
  • Redirect deleted post URLs to relevant archive pages
  • Enable or disable Smart Redirects per post type
  • Review generated redirect records
  • Reset Smart Redirect records if needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Smart Redirects.
  3. Enable Smart Redirects.
  4. Select the post types you want to protect.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Review generated redirect records.

Best practice

Use Smart Redirects for clear, predictable cases. For important pages, manually confirm the best target URL.

Step by Step Guide

Using the Smart Redirects

Step 1: Access Smart Redirects
From your WordPress admin menu, go to SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager → Smart Redirects tab.

This is where you enable, manage, and monitor automatic redirects for broken content.

Step 2: Enable Smart Redirects for Post Types

In the Smart Redirects settings section, you’ll see a list of available post types:

Post TypeToggleWhat Happens When Enabled
PostsON/OFFDeleted posts redirect to /blog/ (or your posts archive)
PagesON/OFFDeleted pages redirect to page archive (if available)
Custom Post TypesON/OFFDeleted CPT items redirect to their archive page

To enable:

  • Locate the post type you want to protect
  • Toggle the switch to ON
  • Smart Redirects is now active for that content type

Example: If you enable Smart Redirects for Posts, whenever a blog post is deleted, visitors to that post’s URL will be automatically redirected to the main blog archive page.

Note: If a post type does not have an archive page, the toggle will be disabled or hidden.

Step 3: View Generated Redirect Records

Below the settings section, you’ll see a Generated Redirects table showing all automatically created Smart Redirects.

The table includes:

ColumnDescription
Source URLThe original broken URL (e.g., /blog/deleted-post/)
Target URLWhere visitors are redirected (e.g., /blog/)
StatusActive (working) or Inactive (paused)
Created DateWhen the redirect was automatically generated
ActionsButtons to edit, toggle, or delete

Step 4: Manage Individual Redirects

For each redirect in the table, you can perform these actions:

Toggle Status (Active/Inactive):

  • Click the Status toggle (or Active/Inactive button)
  • When Active – Redirect works normally
  • When Inactive – Redirect is paused; visitors see 404 instead
  • Use this to temporarily disable a redirect without deleting it

Delete a Redirect:

  • Click the Delete button (trash icon) next to the redirect
  • Confirm deletion
  • This removes the redirect record AND deletes the linked redirect from Redirection Manager
  • The redirect will no longer work

Step 5: Reset All Records

If you want to delete ALL Smart Redirects at once:

  • Click the Reset All Records button
  • Confirm that you want to delete every Smart Redirect
  • All redirect records are permanently removed
  • Smart Redirects will stop working for all post types until re-enabled or new redirects are generated

Use this when:

  • You’re restructuring your entire website
  • You want a fresh start with redirects
  • You’re migrating to a new URL structure

Step 6: Reset Records by Selected Post Type

If you want to delete Smart Redirects for only ONE content type:

  • Click the Reset by Post Type button
  • Select which post type from the dropdown (e.g., Posts only)
  • Confirm deletion
  • Only redirects for that specific post type are removed
  • Other post types’ Smart Redirects remain intact

Example: If you reset by “Posts”, all /blog/old-post/ → /blog/ redirects are deleted, but Product redirects still work.

Step 7: Manage Redirects in Redirection Manager

All Smart Redirects also appear in the main Redirection Manager:

  • Go to SEO Repair Kit → Redirection
  • You will see all Smart Redirects listed alongside your manual redirects
  • Smart Redirects are labeled or identifiable by their source/target pattern
  • From here, you can:
    • Edit the target URL
    • Change redirect type (301 to 302, etc.)
    • View hit counts and analytics
    • Delete or modify as needed

Note: Changes made in Redirection Manager will reflect back in Smart Redirects tab.

Step 8: Test That Smart Redirects Are Working

To verify Smart Redirects is functioning:

  1. Delete a test post (or use an already deleted post)
  2. Open an incognito/private browser window
  3. Visit the deleted post’s URL directly (e.g., yoursite.com/blog/test-post/)
  4. You should be automatically redirected to the archive page (yoursite.com/blog/)
  5. Check that the redirect is a 301 (permanent) redirect

Step 9: Monitor and Maintain

  • Regular Checks: Periodically review the Generated Redirects table to see which redirects have been created
  • Clean Up: If you permanently remove an archive page, consider resetting redirects for that post type
  • Manual Overrides: If an automatic redirect isn’t appropriate for a specific URL, toggle it inactive or create a manual redirect instead

FAQs

What happens when I delete a post with Smart Redirects enabled?
Smart Redirects automatically creates a 301 redirect from the deleted post URL to its post type archive page (e.g., /blog/deleted-post/ → /blog/). Visitors never see a 404 error.

Can Smart Redirects work with pages?
Yes, but only if your theme has a page archive page. Most WordPress themes do NOT have page archives by default. If page archive doesn’t exist, Smart Redirects cannot be enabled for pages.

What if my post type doesn’t have an archive?
Post types without archive pages cannot use Smart Redirects. You’ll need to create manual redirects for those content types instead.

What type of redirect does Smart Redirects use?
Smart Redirects uses 301 (Permanent) redirects. This is the SEO-friendly redirect type that passes link equity (PageRank) to the target URL.

Can I manually override a Smart Redirect?
Yes. You have several options:

  • Toggle the redirect to Inactive (pauses it)
  • Delete the redirect record entirely
  • Create a manual redirect in Redirection Manager that overrides it
  • Edit the target URL in Redirection Manager

Will Smart Redirects redirect to the exact archive page of the deleted post?
Yes. If you delete a post in the “News” category, it redirects to the main news archive (/news/), not to a category-specific archive.

Do Smart Redirects work for posts that were deleted before enabling the feature?
No. Smart Redirects only works for URLs that become broken AFTER the feature is enabled. Already-deleted posts will not automatically get redirects.

How do I stop Smart Redirects from creating a specific redirect?
Go to the Generated Redirects table, find that redirect, and either:

  • Toggle its status to Inactive (keeps record but stops redirect)
  • Delete the redirect record (permanently removes it)

Can I see how many people use a Smart Redirect?
Yes. Go to SEO Repair Kit → Redirection and view the hit count column for each redirect. This shows how many times each Smart Redirect has been used.

What happens to Smart Redirects if I uninstall the plugin?
Smart Redirects are stored in your WordPress database. If you uninstall the plugin, the redirects will stop working. If you reinstall, they should work again (unless you chose to delete all data during uninstall).

Can I use Smart Redirects AND manual redirects for the same URL?
Yes, but the redirect that executes first (usually the most specific match) will take priority. It’s best to avoid duplicate redirects.

What is the difference between Reset All Records and Reset by Post Type?

  • Reset All Records – Deletes EVERY Smart Redirect for ALL post types
  • Reset by Post Type – Deletes Smart Redirects for only ONE specific post type (e.g., only Posts, leaving Products untouched)

Will resetting records delete the redirects?
Yes. Reset actions permanently delete Smart Redirect records AND remove the corresponding redirects from Redirection Manager. These actions cannot be undone.

Does Smart Redirects work with custom post types?
Yes, as long as the custom post type has has_archive set to true when it was registered. Most custom post types support archives.

What should I do if my archive page URL changes?
If you change your archive page URL (e.g., from /blog/ to /news/), existing Smart Redirects will still point to the old URL. You’ll need to either:

  • Reset and regenerate redirects
  • Manually update target URLs in Redirection Manager

View Internal Linking Reports

View Internal Linking Reports

The Reports area provides different views of your website’s internal and external linking structure.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Reports

[Add Screenshot: Internal Linking – Smart Reports screen]

In this guide

  • Internal Links Report
  • External Links Report
  • Domains Report
  • Anchor Text Report
  • Top Linked Pages
  • Orphan Content Report
  • Auto-Link Report
  • URL Changer History

Internal Links Report

Shows internal-link counts and distribution.

External Links Report

Provides information about outbound links.

Domains Report

Analyzes external domains discovered during indexing.

Anchor Text Report

Provides information about internal-link anchor text.

Top Linked Pages

Helps identify pages receiving the most internal links.

Orphan Content Report

Provides a dedicated view of weakly linked or unlinked content.

Auto-Link Report

Provides information about Auto Linking rules and their links.

URL Changer History

Provides logs for URL replacement operations.

Use View Report or Go to Report on the required report card.

Spam Monitor

Spam Monitor Overview

Spam Monitor Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Spam Monitor helps you monitor Google-indexed results associated with your website and identify results that may be suspicious, spammy, or critical.

It combines Google SERP scanning, configurable Spam Rules, risk scoring, Search Console cleanup, alerts, and scheduled monitoring in one place.

In this guide

  • How to access Spam Monitor
  • Understanding the Spam Monitor Dashboard
  • Spam Rules
  • Google SERP Scan
  • Search Console Cleanup
  • Alerts
  • Settings
  • Where to start

How to Access Spam Monitor

From your WordPress dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor

The Google SERP Scan Dashboard opens.

At the top of Spam Monitor, you can access six main areas:

  • Dashboard
  • Spam Rules
  • Google SERP Scan
  • Search Console Cleanup
  • Alerts
  • Settings

Dashboard

The Dashboard provides an overview of Spam Monitor activity and the current condition of scanned Google results.

It includes information such as:

  • Total SERP scans
  • Google results checked
  • Critical indexed spam
  • Cleanup queue
  • Last scan
  • Critical SERP results
  • Spam SERP results
  • Suspicious SERP results
  • Requests used
  • Cleaned URLs
  • Monitoring activity
  • Resolved results
  • Sitemap issues
  • Python Engine status
  • Spam Rules sync status
  • Latest Risky URLs
  • Recent Alerts

Understand the Spam Monitor Dashboard →


Spam Rules

Spam Rules control how scanned Google results are evaluated.

You can configure:

  • Expected Spam Languages
  • Website Allowed Languages
  • Language Mismatch Score
  • Unexpected language detection
  • Spam Keyword Rules
  • Custom Blocked Keywords
  • Spam Keyword Score
  • URL Pattern Rules
  • Blocked URL Patterns
  • URL Pattern Score
  • Risk Score Thresholds

A Scoring Preview shows how configured rules can contribute to the final risk score.

Configure Spam Rules →


Google SERP Scan

The Google SERP Scan checks indexed Google results using the configured Spam Rules and available SERP provider.

The results can then be evaluated according to their calculated risk level.

Scan Google Results for Spam →


Search Console Cleanup

The Search Console Cleanup area provides the workflow for reviewing URLs that require cleanup-related action after suspicious or spam results have been identified.

Because this is a separate workflow, it has its own guide.

Review and Clean Up Search Console Results →


Alerts

The Alerts area controls email notifications for Spam Monitor activity.

You can configure:

  • Email alerts
  • Alert history limit
  • Alert email address
  • Risk levels that trigger alerts
  • Scan summary emails
  • Test emails

It also provides an Alert History and Alert Volume overview.

Configure Spam Monitor Alerts →


Settings

The Settings tab controls scheduled monitoring and displays important system and provider information.

It includes:

  • Scheduled Spam Monitoring
  • Frequency
  • Scan Depth
  • Run Time
  • Include Subdomains
  • Developer testing mode
  • Scheduled Website
  • Next and previous run information
  • SRK Cloud Status
  • Default Scan Behavior
  • SERP Provider status
  • Alerts Summary

Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring →


Where Should I Start?

If you are using Spam Monitor for the first time:

  1. Review Spam Rules.
  2. Confirm the website’s allowed language configuration.
  3. Review keyword and URL detection rules.
  4. Confirm the SERP provider status.
  5. Run a Google SERP Scan.
  6. Review risky results on the Dashboard.
  7. Configure Alerts.
  8. Enable scheduled monitoring if required.

Understand the Spam Monitor Dashboard →

Understand the Spam Monitor Dashboard

Spam Monitor Dashboard

The Dashboard gives you a central overview of scan activity, detected risks, monitoring status, and recent alerts.

In this guide

  • Main scan statistics
  • Scan and monitoring status
  • Spam Monitor Stats
  • Latest Risky URLs
  • Risk levels
  • Available URL actions
  • Recent Alerts

Open the Dashboard

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Dashboard


Review the Main Statistics

At the top-left of the Dashboard, the main summary cards provide a quick overview.

Total SERP Scans

Shows the number of SERP scans recorded by Spam Monitor.

Google Results Checked

Shows how many Google results have been checked.

Critical Indexed Spam

Shows results currently classified at the Critical risk level.

These results require careful review.

Cleanup Queue

Shows URLs currently waiting for cleanup-related action.


Review Scan and Monitoring Information

Additional cards provide more detailed information.

Last Scan

Shows the most recent completed scan.

Critical SERP

Shows the number of URLs currently classified as Critical.

Spam SERP

Shows the number classified as Spam.

Suspicious SERP

Shows the number classified as Suspicious.

Requests Used

Shows the number of requests used during the displayed period.

Cleaned URLs

Shows URLs recorded as cleaned.

Monitoring

Shows current monitoring activity.

Resolved

Shows results recorded as resolved.

Sitemap Issues

Shows detected sitemap-related issues.

Python Engine

Shows the current engine synchronization/status information.

Spam Rules

Shows whether Spam Rules are synchronized.


Spam Monitor Stats

The Spam Monitor Stats chart provides a visual representation of Spam Monitor activity.

The chart can include metrics represented by categories such as:

  • Activity
  • Completed
  • Attention
  • Issue
  • Critical

Use this area for a quick visual overview, then use the detailed tables below when you need to investigate specific URLs.


Latest Risky URLs

The Latest Risky URLs table shows recently detected indexed results that have been flagged by SERP scanning.

The table includes:

Domain

The domain associated with the result.

URL

The indexed URL detected during the scan.

Google Title

The title found for the result in Google.

Risk

Shows the assigned classification.

Score

Shows the calculated risk score.

Action

Provides available actions for investigating or handling the result.


Understand Risk Levels

The current Spam Monitor configuration uses four risk levels:

Clean: 0–30
Suspicious: 31–60
Spam: 61–80
Critical: 81–100

These ranges are controlled by the Spam Rules configuration.

Do not judge a URL only from its label. Review the URL, Google result, matched rules, and surrounding context before taking cleanup action.


Filter Risky URLs

The Dashboard provides controls for searching and filtering risky URLs.

Use:

  • Search field
  • Risk filter
  • Filter

This helps narrow the table when reviewing a larger number of results.


Export SERP Data

Click:

Export CSV

to export available SERP data for offline review or reporting.


Clear SERP Data

Use:

Clear SERP Data

only when you intentionally want to remove the stored SERP data shown by this workflow.

Review or export required information before clearing it.


Review Available URL Actions

The current Dashboard displays actions such as:

  • Review
  • SERP
  • Cleanup

Use Review when you want to inspect the result further.

Use SERP for the available SERP-related workflow.

Use Cleanup when the URL needs to move into the cleanup workflow.


Recent Alerts

At the bottom, Recent Alerts shows the latest alert deliveries.

Information includes:

  • Date
  • Domain
  • Type
  • Risk
  • Score
  • Status

You can also:

  • Export CSV
  • Clear History

For full alert management, open the Alerts tab.

Configure Spam Rules →

Configure Spam Rules

How to Configure Spam Rules

Spam Rules determine how SEO Repair Kit evaluates scanned Google results and assigns risk scores.

In this guide

  • Rules Sync Status
  • Language Rules
  • Expected Spam Languages
  • Website Allowed Languages
  • Language Mismatch Score
  • Spam Keyword Rules
  • Custom Blocked Keywords
  • URL Pattern Rules
  • Score Thresholds
  • Scoring Preview
  • Saving and syncing rules

Open Spam Rules

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Spam Rules


Check Rules Sync Status

At the top, Rules Sync Status shows whether your Spam Rules are synchronized.

The interface also provides:

  • Last Synced
  • Rules Hash
  • Sync Rules Now
  • Save All Rules

Use Sync Rules Now when you need to run the available rules synchronization action.

Use Save All Rules after changing Spam Rules.


Configure Language Rules

The Language Rules section helps identify Google results whose detected language does not match your expected website language configuration.

Expected Spam Languages

Use Expected Spam Languages to configure languages used by this detection workflow.

The interface provides:

Browse languages…

for selecting languages.


Website Allowed Languages

Use Website Allowed Languages for languages that are valid for your website.

For example, if your website’s normal content is English, English can be configured as an allowed language.

Select the legitimate languages used by your website rather than marking them as unexpected.


Language Mismatch Score

Language Mismatch Score controls the score contribution when the language mismatch rule is triggered.

The current screenshot shows a value of:

45

This value is configurable, so documentation should not treat 45 as a permanent fixed value.


Flag Unexpected Languages

Enable Flag Unexpected Languages when you want non-allowed detected languages to contribute to spam evaluation according to the configured rule.


Configure Spam Keyword Rules

The Spam Keyword Rules section provides category-based keyword detection in titles, snippets, and URLs.

The current interface includes categories such as:

  • Gambling
  • Adult Content
  • Pharma Spam
  • Vape / Tobacco / Shisha
  • Counterfeit / Luxury
  • JP / CN Ecommerce Spam

Each category contains predefined keyword rules.

Enable the categories you want Spam Monitor to check.


Review Category Keywords

Use View defaults where available to review the predefined keywords associated with a category.

This helps you understand what the category is designed to detect before enabling or changing related rules.


Add Custom Blocked Keywords

Use:

Custom Blocked Keywords

to add site-specific keywords you want the scanner to consider.

The current interface instructs:

One keyword per line

For example, if your site has a known spam pattern not adequately covered by the predefined categories, its relevant terms can be added here.

Do not add legitimate business terms simply because they sometimes appear in spam; overly broad keywords can increase false positives.


Spam Keyword Score

Spam Keyword Score controls the score contribution associated with keyword detection.

The current screenshot shows:

35

Again, this is configurable rather than a universal fixed value.


Configure URL Pattern Rules

The URL Pattern Rules section detects suspicious URL slugs and injected URL patterns in Google results.

The current interface provides:

Detect Fake Product URLs

Enable this rule when you want Spam Monitor to evaluate fake-product-style URL patterns.

Detect Suspicious URL Slugs

Enable this rule when suspicious URL slug detection should be included.


Add Blocked URL Patterns

Use:

Blocked URL Patterns

to enter URL patterns that should be checked.

The interface states:

One per line. Use /regex/ or plain substring.

This allows custom suspicious URL patterns to be added according to the website’s needs.


URL Pattern Score

URL Pattern Score controls the risk-score contribution associated with URL pattern detection.

The current screenshot shows:

35


Configure Score Thresholds

The Score Thresholds section determines how raw scores map to risk levels.

The current configuration shown is:

  • Clean: 0–30
  • Suspicious: 31–60
  • Spam: 61–80
  • Critical: 81–100

Editable fields include:

  • Clean Max
  • Suspicious Max
  • Spam From
  • Critical From

Review these carefully before changing them because they affect how scan results are classified.


Understand the Scoring Preview

The Scoring Preview provides a live example of how enabled rules contribute to a result’s score.

For example, the current screen demonstrates contributions from:

  • Mismatch hit
  • Pharma keyword
  • Suspicious slug

and then calculates a:

Final score

The interface caps the displayed risk score at 100.

This preview helps you understand how several rule matches can combine into a higher risk classification.


Save Spam Rules

After making changes, click:

Save All Rules

The interface indicates that rules are saved in WordPress and synchronized to the Python SERP engine.


Reset Spam Rules

Use:

Reset Spam Rules

only when you intentionally want to reset the configured Spam Rules.

Review your custom languages, keywords, patterns, scores, and thresholds before resetting.

Scan Google Results for Spam →

Scan Google Results for Spam

How to Run a Google SERP Scan

Google SERP Scan checks indexed Google results associated with the configured website and evaluates them using your Spam Rules.

In this guide

  • Open Google SERP Scan
  • Confirm Spam Rules
  • Confirm provider connection
  • Configure the scan
  • Run the scan
  • Review detected results
  • Understand risk classifications
  • Continue to cleanup

Open Google SERP Scan

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Google SERP Scan


Before Running a Scan

Before starting a scan, confirm:

  1. Spam Rules are configured.
  2. Website Allowed Languages are correct.
  3. Required keyword categories are enabled.
  4. Custom blocked keywords are correct.
  5. URL Pattern Rules are configured.
  6. SERP Provider is connected.

You can check provider status under:

Spam Monitor → Settings → SERP Provider


Configure the Scan

Use the scan controls shown in Google SERP Scan to select the available scan options.

If Include Subdomains is enabled for the scan, indexed results associated with the site’s subdomains can also be included according to the feature’s current behavior.


Run the Scan

Start the Google SERP Scan using the scan action provided on the page.

Spam Monitor checks the returned indexed results against the configured rules.


Review the Results

After the scan completes, review the returned results and their classifications.

Pay particular attention to:

  • URL
  • Google title/result
  • Matched detection rules
  • Risk score
  • Risk classification

Results may be classified as:

Clean → Suspicious → Spam → Critical


Investigate Suspicious Results

A Suspicious label should be treated as a signal to review the result rather than automatic proof that the URL is malicious.

Check whether:

  • The URL belongs to the website.
  • The title matches legitimate content.
  • The detected language is expected.
  • A keyword match is legitimate.
  • The URL pattern is expected.
  • The indexed content belongs on the site.

Continue to Cleanup

When an indexed result requires cleanup-related action, use the available Cleanup workflow.

Review and Clean Up Search Console Results →

Review and Clean Up Search Console Results

Search Console Cleanup

The Search Console Cleanup area is used for URLs that require further cleanup action after Spam Monitor identifies suspicious or unwanted indexed results.

In this guide

  • Open Search Console Cleanup
  • Review URLs waiting for cleanup
  • Verify a result before taking action
  • Continue with the available cleanup workflow
  • Track cleanup status

Open Search Console Cleanup

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Search Console Cleanup


Review URLs Before Cleanup

Before taking action, verify that the URL is actually unwanted.

Check:

  • URL
  • Google result/title
  • Risk classification
  • Risk score
  • Whether the content belongs to your website
  • Why Spam Monitor flagged it

Do not submit legitimate URLs for cleanup simply because they triggered a broad keyword or language rule.


Use the Cleanup Workflow

Follow the controls available in the Search Console Cleanup tab for the selected URL.

The Dashboard’s Cleanup Queue can be used to see how many URLs are waiting for cleanup-related action.


Track Cleaned URLs

Return to the Dashboard to review the Cleaned URLs count and related status information.

Important: Search Console cleanup can affect how URLs appear in Google. Always verify the URL before taking removal or cleanup-related action.

Configure Spam Monitor Alerts →

Configure Spam Monitor Alerts

How to Configure Spam Monitor Alerts

Spam Monitor can send email alerts when Google-indexed results meet selected risk conditions.

In this guide

  • Enable email alerts
  • Set alert history size
  • Choose the alert email
  • Choose risk levels
  • Enable scan summaries
  • Review detection thresholds
  • Send a test email
  • Review Alert Volume
  • Manage Alert History

Open Alerts

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Alerts


Enable Email Alerts

Turn on:

Enable Email Alerts

This is the master switch for Spam Monitor alert emails.

If this option is disabled, the selected alert risk levels will not independently enable email delivery.


Set Maximum Alert History Records

Use:

Maximum Alert History Records

to control how many alert-history records are retained in this interface.

The screenshot currently shows:

100

Treat this as the current configured value, not a required value for every website.


Set the Alert Email Address

Enter the email address that should receive Spam Monitor alerts in:

Alert Email Address

Use an email address that is actively monitored by the person responsible for website or SEO issues.


Choose Alert Risk Levels

Under:

Alert on Risk Levels

you can choose:

  • Clean
  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

The current interface recommends enabling:

  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

and keeping Clean disabled to reduce unnecessary notifications.

This is the recommendation displayed by the product interface; adjust the selection according to your monitoring needs.


Send Scan Summary Email

Enable:

Send Scan Summary Email

if you want a digest after each completed scan.

This is useful when you want scan completion information in addition to risk-triggered alerts.


Review Current Detection Thresholds

The Alerts screen also displays the current risk thresholds:

  • Clean
  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

These reflect the risk classification configured through Spam Rules.

For changing thresholds, use:

Spam Monitor → Spam Rules


Save Alert Settings

After making changes, click:

Save Alert Settings


Send a Test Email

Click:

Send Test Email

to test the configured alert email workflow.

This is useful after changing the alert email address or setting up alerts for the first time.


Review Alert Volume

The Alert Volume panel provides a summary of alerts by risk level for the last 30 days.

It separates alert activity into:

  • Clean
  • Suspicious
  • Spam
  • Critical

Review Alert History

The Alert History table shows recent alert deliveries.

Columns include:

Date

When the alert was recorded.

Domain

The domain associated with the alert.

Type

The alert type, such as a scan summary or detected spam event.

Risk

The associated risk classification.

Score

The risk score associated with the alert.

URLs

The number of relevant URLs recorded for the alert.

Status

Shows the delivery status.


Filter Alert History

The current screen provides filters for:

  • Risk
  • Domain
  • Status

Use these controls when reviewing a larger alert history.


Export Alert History

Click:

Export CSV

to export alert history.


Clear Alert History

Use:

Clear History

when you intentionally want to remove the stored alert history.

Export any required records first.

Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring →

Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring

How to Set Up Automatic Spam Monitoring

Scheduled Spam Monitoring allows SEO Repair Kit to run Google SERP scans automatically using your Spam Rules, provider configuration, saved reports, and alert settings.

In this guide

  • Enable scheduled scans
  • Choose frequency
  • Set scan depth
  • Choose run time
  • Include subdomains
  • Developer testing mode
  • Review schedule status
  • Run a scan manually
  • SRK Cloud Status
  • Default Scan Behavior
  • SERP Provider
  • Alerts Summary

Open Spam Monitor Settings

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor → Settings


Enable Scheduled Scans

Turn on:

Enable Scheduled Scans

The interface explains that this option is disabled by default and provider requests are not used until scheduled scanning is enabled and saved.


Choose the Frequency

Use:

Frequency

to select how often scheduled monitoring should run.

The current screenshot shows:

Every day (Recommended)

Choose from the options available in your installation according to how often the website should be monitored.


Configure Scan Depth

Use:

Scan Depth

to control the available scheduled scan depth.

The current configuration displays a three-request option capable of checking up to the number of records indicated by the interface.

Because the exact options may vary, choose from the values presented by your current Spam Monitor installation.


Set the Run Time

Use:

Run Time

to choose the intended time for the scheduled scan.

The interface also displays the timezone used by the schedule.


Include Subdomains

Enable:

Include Subdomains

when indexed results from the website’s subdomains should be included in monitoring.

Leave it disabled if monitoring should remain limited to the primary website according to your intended setup.


Developer Testing Mode

The Settings screen includes:

Developer testing mode

This allows scheduled automation to scan a public test website while using the current site’s Spam Rules and provider settings.

For normal production monitoring, keep this disabled unless you specifically need the testing workflow.


Scheduled Website

The Scheduled Website field displays the website used for scheduled scans.

In normal mode, scheduled scans use the current WordPress website.

The field becomes editable only when Developer testing mode is enabled.


Review Schedule Information

The status area displays:

Website

The website used for scheduled monitoring.

Next Run

The intended next scheduled scan.

Last Run

The previous scheduled run.

Last Status

The status of the previous run.

Estimated Monthly Requests

An estimate of provider requests based on the current schedule.

Last Scan

The most recent scan reference.


Understand WordPress Cron Timing

The interface notes that WordPress Cron runs due tasks on the next site request.

Therefore, the displayed scheduled time is the intended site-local run time, but execution can be delayed on low-traffic websites.


Save the Schedule

After configuring monitoring, click:

Save Schedule


Run Now

Click:

Run Now

when you want to trigger the available scan workflow without waiting for the next scheduled run.


Reset Schedule Settings

Use:

Reset Schedule Settings

when you intentionally want to reset the scheduled-monitoring configuration.


Review SRK Cloud Status

The SRK Cloud Status card displays connection and synchronization information.

It can include:

  • Connection
  • Rules Sync
  • Last Rules Sync
  • Free Trial Remaining
  • Provider Connection

Review Default Scan Behavior

The Default Scan Behavior card summarizes the default scan configuration.

The current interface shows information such as:

  • Default Indexed Results
  • Estimated Requests
  • Include Subdomains
  • Manual Request Limit

This section is primarily a status/summary area rather than the main scheduled-monitoring configuration.


Review SERP Provider

The SERP Provider card shows the provider connection used for SERP scanning.

The current interface displays:

  • Recommended Provider
  • Current Provider
  • Provider Mode
  • Masked Credentials
  • Last Tested
  • Connection status

Security: Keep provider credentials private. Documentation screenshots should mask API keys or other credentials.


Review Alerts Summary

The Alerts Summary card gives you a quick view of alert configuration.

It includes:

  • Email Alerts
  • Alert Email
  • Suspicious Alerts
  • Spam Alerts
  • Critical Alerts

Use Open Alerts when you need to change the full alert configuration.


Open Google SERP Scan

Use:

Open Google SERP Scan

to move directly from Settings to the manual scan workflow.

Spam Monitor FAQs →

Spam Monitor FAQs

Spam Monitor Frequently Asked Questions

What does Spam Monitor do?

Spam Monitor checks indexed Google results and evaluates them using configurable language, keyword, URL-pattern, and scoring rules.

Where can I find Spam Monitor?

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor

What are the Spam Monitor tabs?

The current interface contains:

Dashboard, Spam Rules, Google SERP Scan, Search Console Cleanup, Alerts, and Settings.

What is a Suspicious result?

A result whose calculated score falls within the configured Suspicious threshold.

With the current shown thresholds, that is 31–60.

What is a Spam result?

With the current shown configuration, scores from 61–80 are classified as Spam.

What is Critical?

With the current shown configuration, scores from 81–100 are classified as Critical.

Can I change these thresholds?

Yes. Use:

Spam Monitor → Spam Rules → Score Thresholds

Can Spam Monitor detect unexpected languages?

Yes. Configure Website Allowed Languages and Flag Unexpected Languages under Language Rules.

Can I add my own spam keywords?

Yes. Add them under Custom Blocked Keywords, one keyword per line.

Can I detect suspicious URL patterns?

Yes. Spam Rules includes URL Pattern Rules and custom Blocked URL Patterns.

Can Spam Monitor run automatically?

Yes. Configure Scheduled Spam Monitoring under Settings.

Can scheduled monitoring include subdomains?

Yes. Use Include Subdomains where required.

Can Spam Monitor send email alerts?

Yes. Configure them under Spam Monitor → Alerts.

Can I choose which risk levels send alerts?

Yes. You can select Clean, Suspicious, Spam, and Critical individually.

Can I receive a summary after a scan?

Yes. Enable Send Scan Summary Email.

Can I test alert email delivery?

Yes. Use Send Test Email.

Can I export results?

The current interface provides CSV export actions for areas such as risky SERP data and Alert History.

Does a Suspicious result always mean my site has been hacked?

No. A Suspicious classification means the result matched configured scoring conditions strongly enough to fall within the Suspicious threshold. Review the result before taking action.

Spam Monitor Troubleshooting

Spam Monitor Troubleshooting

Use this guide when Spam Monitor scans, rules, alerts, or scheduled monitoring are not behaving as expected.

SERP scan is not working

Check:

  • SERP Provider connection
  • Provider status
  • Spam Rules sync status
  • Current configuration
  • Available request/trial status displayed by the interface

Then try the scan again.

Results are being incorrectly flagged

Review:

Spam Rules → Language Rules

Check whether legitimate website languages are included under Website Allowed Languages.

Then review:

  • Spam Keyword Rules
  • Custom Blocked Keywords
  • URL Pattern Rules
  • Blocked URL Patterns
  • Scoring values
  • Score Thresholds

Overly broad rules can cause legitimate results to receive higher scores.

Unexpected-language results are not being detected

Check:

  • Website Allowed Languages
  • Expected Spam Languages
  • Flag Unexpected Languages
  • Language Mismatch Score

Then save and synchronize the rules before running another scan.

Spam keywords are not being detected

Check whether the relevant category is enabled.

Also review Custom Blocked Keywords and make sure each custom keyword is entered on its own line.

Rules are not synchronized

Check Rules Sync Status.

Use Save All Rules after changing rules and use Sync Rules Now when the available synchronization action is required.

I am receiving too many alert emails

Go to:

Spam Monitor → Alerts

Review Alert on Risk Levels.

The current interface recommends enabling Suspicious, Spam, and Critical while keeping Clean disabled to reduce notification fatigue.

Also review Send Scan Summary Email if you do not need a digest after every scan.

I am not receiving alert emails

Check:

  • Enable Email Alerts
  • Alert Email Address
  • Selected risk levels
  • Send Scan Summary Email, if applicable

Then use:

Send Test Email

to test the alert workflow.

Scheduled scan did not run at the exact displayed time

The interface explains that scheduled monitoring uses WordPress Cron.

A due task runs on a subsequent site request, so low-traffic websites can experience a delay compared with the intended run time.

Wrong website is being scanned

Check Developer testing mode.

For normal scheduled monitoring, this should remain disabled so the current WordPress website is used.

Subdomains are missing from scans

Review Include Subdomains in the relevant scan/schedule configuration.

Risk scores seem incorrect

Review all scoring contributors under Spam Rules:

  • Language Mismatch Score
  • Spam Keyword Score
  • URL Pattern Score
  • Score Thresholds

Use Scoring Preview to understand how multiple matches can contribute to the final score.


Still Need Help?

When contacting SEO Repair Kit Support, provide the relevant:

  • Spam Monitor tab
  • Screenshot
  • Domain being scanned
  • Scan status
  • Risk score/classification
  • Relevant Spam Rules
  • Expected behavior
  • Actual behavior
  • SEO Repair Kit version

Do not include SERP provider API keys or other private credentials.

Simple Recommendation

For most single website owners:

Individual Complete

For freelancers:

Freelancer

For growing agencies:

Studio

For larger agencies:

Agency

For platforms and large networks:

Enterprise

Configure Internal Linking Settings

Configure Internal Linking Settings

Internal Linking settings control which content SEO Repair Kit processes and how links, keywords, suggestions, and anchors are handled.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Settings → General Settings

In this guide

  • General Settings
  • Stop / Ignore Words
  • Content Scope
  • Link Controls & Timeline
  • Matching Rules
  • Target Keyword Sources
  • Content Processing

General Settings

Enable Internal Linking

Globally enables or disables the Internal Linking module.

Enable Auto Linking

Enables the automatic linking workflow.

Skip Existing Links

Prevents existing linked text from being processed as a new linking location.

Skip Headings (H1–H6)

Excludes headings from applicable Internal Linking processing.

Skip HTML Blocks

Excludes applicable HTML blocks.

Batch Size

Controls the number of items handled in a processing batch.

[Add Screenshot: General Settings section]

Stop / Ignore Words

Content Language

Choose the language associated with the stop-word configuration.

Stop / Ignore Words

Enter words or phrases that should be ignored, one per line.

Saved changes apply to the currently selected language.

[Add Screenshot: Stop / Ignore Words section]

Content Scope

Post Types Whitelist

Choose which registered post types should be processed.

Taxonomies Whitelist

Choose which taxonomies should be included in the Internal Linking workflow.

Process Post Statuses

Available options include:

  • Publish
  • Draft
  • Pending

Choose the statuses you want Internal Linking to process.

[Add Screenshot: Content Scope section]

Link Controls & Timeline

Max Outbound Links / Post

Sets the maximum outbound-link limit per post.

Max Inbound Links / Post

Sets the maximum inbound-link limit per post.

The fields can remain empty where no applicable limit is required.

Suggestions Limit

Controls the number of suggestions returned.

The current interface provides a range of 1–50 suggestions.

Posts Older Than

Provides a date-based content restriction.

Posts Published After

Provides a publication-date boundary.

[Add Screenshot: Link Controls & Timeline section]

Matching Rules

Same Category Only

Restricts matching according to the same-category rule.

Link to Orphaned Only

Restricts matching toward orphaned content.

Ignore Numbers

Excludes numbers from applicable keyword matching.

Target Keyword Sources

Select which sources Internal Linking can use:

Post Title

Prioritizes anchors based on the post title.

URL Slug

Extracts keyword information from permalinks.

Taxonomies

Uses selected taxonomy information such as categories and tags.

Custom Keywords

Uses manually configured target keywords.

[Add Screenshot: Matching Rules and Target Keyword Sources sections]

Content Processing

Configure:

Skip N Sentences

Controls how many sentences should be skipped during applicable processing.

Skip N Paragraphs

Controls how many paragraphs should be skipped.

Min Anchor Words

Sets the minimum number of words for an anchor.

Max Anchor Words

Sets the maximum number of words for an anchor.

Max Keywords / Post

Controls the maximum number of keywords processed for a post.

[Add Screenshot: Content Processing section]

Save Your Settings

After changing the configuration, click:

Save Changes

Use Reset only when you intentionally want to reset the settings.

Important Notes

Prices can be monthly or yearly depending on the selected billing option.

– Complete Packages are usually better value than buying all modules separately.

– Studio is the Most Popular plan.

– Enterprise may need sales or onboarding review.

– Existing lifetime customers may keep previous commitments, but new lifetime Complete or Spam Monitor licenses are not sold.

– Your active plan, licenses, and connected websites can be viewed from `https://seorepairkit.com/my-account/`.

Guide

SEO Repair Kit Complete User Guide

How to install SEO Repair Kit through Plugins

To install the free SEO Repair Kit for WordPress plugin on your WordPress site by downloading the plugin through the Plugins menu, follow the steps below.

1.Navigate to the Plugin Directory:

Log in to your WordPress dashboard. From the left-hand menu, go to Plugins

Click to Add Plugin

2.Search for SEO Repair Kit:

In the search bar located in the top right corner, type SEO Repair Kit. Look for the official plugin developed by TorontoDigits in the search results.

3.Install and Activate:

Click the Install Now button next to the SEO Repair Kit listing.

Once the installation is complete, the button will change to Activate. Click it to turn the plugin on.

4.Start the Setup Wizard:

Upon activation, you will be redirected to the welcome screen. Click the Let’s Get Started button to begin the guided configuration.

5.Configure the Link Scanner:

Choose which post types (Posts, Pages, or Media) you want the Link Scanner to automatically monitor for broken links. Once selected, click Next.

6.Connect Search Console Insights:

Authorize Google Search Console to pull clicks, impressions, CTR, and average position data directly into the KeyTrack dashboard. Click Next to proceed.

7.Enable Schema Templates:

Turn on the structured data templates that fit your content (such as Article, FAQ, Product, or Recipe schema). Click Next.

8.Set Up Notifications:

Select how you want to stay informed. You can opt-in for Weekly SEO reports, KeyTrack alerts, and Broken link alerts. Enter your preferred email address at the bottom and click Next.

9. Complete the Setup Wizard: The final screen introduces the premium AI Concierge designed for your SEO workflows. Click Finish in the bottom right corner to exit the wizard and complete the setup process.

Congratulations on installing the SEO Repair Kit plugin!


1. What SEO Repair Kit Does

SEO Repair Kit is a WordPress plugin that helps you find, monitor, and fix common SEO problems from one dashboard.

It brings together tools for:

Think of it as a practical SEO maintenance toolkit. It is designed to help you keep your website clean, searchable, and easier to audit.


2. Getting Started

Step 1: Open SEO Repair Kit

In your WordPress admin dashboard, go to:

SEO Repair Kit

The main dashboard gives you quick access to the most important tools.

Step 2: Review Your Plan

Some tools are free, while some are paid/pro modules.

Free tools may include:

  • Links Manager with free scan limits
  • KeyTrack
  • Meta Manager
  • 404 Monitor

Paid/pro modules may include:

  • Spam Monitor module
  • Schema Manager
  • AI Chatbot
  • Unlimited Link Scanner add-on

If a feature is locked, use the Upgrade/Customize Plan area to review available modules.


3. Main SEO Repair Kit Dashboard

The dashboard is your starting point.

Use it to:

  • See your current plan status
  • Open key tools quickly
  • Check link health
  • View Spam Monitor status
  • Access Meta Manager, KeyTrack, Schema Manager, 404 Monitor, and other tools

Recommended workflow

  1. Open the dashboard.
  2. Check which tools are active.
  3. Start with Links Manager and Spam Monitor if you want a quick SEO health check.
  4. Use Meta Manager and Schema Manager for on-page SEO improvements.

4. Links Manager

Links Manager helps you scan your website links and find link-related problems.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Links Manager

Links Manager contains several tabs:

  • Links Scan
  • 404 Monitor
  • Auto Scan
  • Notifications
  • Smart Redirects
  • Internal Linking

5. Links Scan Tab

The Links Scan tab checks internal and external links on your site.

Use it to:

  • Scan pages for broken links
  • Check HTTP status codes
  • Find redirected links
  • Find unhealthy or failed links
  • Export scan results

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Links Scan.
  3. Choose what you want to scan.
  4. Start the scan.
  5. Review the results table.
  6. Fix or redirect broken URLs where needed.

Free access note

Free sites can scan Pages only up to the free scan limit. Posts and public custom post types may require the Unlimited Link Scanner add-on.

Watch Links Manager Video : https://youtu.be/lt1Qnx-hBKo?si=PAuA2HnTeTucfi5d


6. 404 Monitor

404 Monitor tracks URLs that visitors or bots tried to open but could not find.

Use it to:

  • See total 404 errors
  • Find repeated broken URLs
  • Review IP/user-agent details
  • Convert 404 errors into redirects
  • Export 404 logs
  • Clear old logs when needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to 404 Monitor.
  3. Review the list of 404 URLs.
  4. If a URL should redirect somewhere, click the redirect option.
  5. Choose the target URL.
  6. Save the redirect.

Best practice

Do not redirect every 404 automatically. Redirect only URLs that have a useful replacement page.

Watch 404 Monitor Video : https://youtu.be/SnES_fmVOuo?si=k2EY3qoijKebKIrq


7. Auto Scan

Auto Scan lets SEO Repair Kit scan links automatically on a schedule.

Use it to:

  • Schedule recurring link scans
  • Choose scan frequency
  • Choose scan scope
  • Choose post types
  • Set batch size and request timeout
  • Send automatic email reports

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Auto Scan.
  3. Enable automatic scans.
  4. Select frequency, such as daily, every 3 days, weekly, biweekly, or monthly.
  5. Choose what content should be scanned.
  6. Save settings.

Free access note

Free Link Scanner access may be limited to Pages and a limited number of links per run.


8. Notifications

Notifications show alert history and email report activity for link scans.

Use it to:

  • Review recent alerts
  • Confirm whether reports were sent
  • Check broken-link email history
  • Check clean-scan email history

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Notifications.
  3. Review the latest scan notifications.
  4. Confirm if alerts were sent successfully.

9. Smart Redirects

Smart Redirects can automatically create safer redirects for broken internal URLs.

Use it to:

  • Redirect broken singular content URLs
  • Redirect deleted post URLs to relevant archive pages
  • Enable or disable Smart Redirects per post type
  • Review generated redirect records
  • Reset Smart Redirect records if needed

How to use

  1. Open Links Manager.
  2. Go to Smart Redirects.
  3. Enable Smart Redirects.
  4. Select the post types you want to protect.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Review generated redirect records.

Best practice

Use Smart Redirects for clear, predictable cases. For important pages, manually confirm the best target URL.


10. Redirection Manager

Redirection Manager lets you create and manage redirects.

Use it to:

  • Create 301 redirects
  • Create 302 redirects
  • Track redirect hits
  • Review redirect logs
  • Import redirects
  • Export redirects
  • Reset hit counts

How to use

  1. Open Redirection Manager.
  2. Add the source URL.
  3. Add the target URL.
  4. Choose redirect type.
  5. Save.
  6. Test the old URL in a browser.

Best practice

Use 301 redirects for permanent URL changes. Use 302 only for temporary changes.

Watch Redirection Video : https://youtu.be/2EXU_W9QDmM?si=mV8e_pIPYnEimpGI


11. Spam Monitor

Spam Monitor helps you check indexed Google results for suspicious URLs, spam signals, language mismatch, and risky pages.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Spam Monitor

Spam Monitor contains these tabs:

  • Dashboard
  • Spam Rules
  • Google SERP Scan
  • Search Console Cleanup
  • Alerts
  • Settings

12. Spam Monitor Dashboard

The dashboard summarizes Spam Monitor activity.

Use it to see:

  • Total SERP scans
  • Google results checked
  • Critical indexed spam
  • Cleanup queue
  • Critical/spam/suspicious SERP counts
  • Requests used
  • Cleaned URLs
  • Monitoring status
  • Resolved URLs
  • Sitemap issues
  • Last scan
  • Python engine status
  • Spam Rules sync status

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Start on the Dashboard tab.
  3. Review the KPI cards.
  4. Check the stats graph for a quick visual summary.
  5. Open risky records if something needs attention.

13. Spam Rules

Spam Rules control how Spam Monitor scores suspicious Google results.

Use it to configure:

  • Expected spam languages
  • Website allowed languages
  • Language mismatch score
  • Spam keyword categories
  • Custom blocked keywords
  • Suspicious URL patterns
  • URL pattern score
  • Clean/suspicious/spam/critical thresholds

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Go to Spam Rules.
  3. Review language rules.
  4. Select suspicious languages and allowed website languages.
  5. Review spam keyword categories.
  6. Add custom blocked keywords if needed.
  7. Review URL pattern rules.
  8. Adjust score thresholds carefully.
  9. Save rules.
  10. Sync rules if the interface shows they need syncing.

Best practice

Start with default rules first. Only adjust scores if you understand how the results are being classified.


14. Google SERP Scan

Google SERP Scan checks Google indexed results for a domain.

Use it to:

  • Run manual SERP scans
  • Choose scan depth
  • Include or exclude subdomains
  • Review returned Google SERP records
  • Review recent scan history
  • Check provider status
  • Sync Spam Rules

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Go to Google SERP Scan.
  3. Enter your domain.
  4. Select scan depth.
  5. Choose whether to include subdomains.
  6. Run the scan.
  7. Review returned SERP records.
  8. Review recent scan history.

Scan depth

Scan depth controls how many SERP requests/results are checked.

Examples:

  • 1 request = up to 10 records
  • 3 requests = up to 30 records
  • 10 requests = up to 100 records
  • 100 requests = up to 1,000 records
  • 200 requests = up to 2,000 records

Use larger scan depths carefully because they consume more provider requests.


15. Search Console Cleanup

Search Console Cleanup helps you review risky indexed URLs and organize cleanup actions.

Use it to:

  • Detect risky URLs
  • Review URL status
  • Mark cleanup status
  • Check sitemap presence
  • Open Search Console links
  • Track cleanup progress

Suggested cleanup flow

  1. Detect risky indexed URLs.
  2. Review each URL manually.
  3. Decide whether the URL is legitimate or suspicious.
  4. Remove, fix, noindex, redirect, or clean the affected page.
  5. Use Search Console to request removal or reindexing where needed.
  6. Mark status in Spam Monitor.

Best practice

Spam Monitor is a risk signal tool. Always review unfamiliar URLs before taking destructive action.


16. Spam Monitor Alerts

Alerts help you receive and review Spam Monitor notifications.

Use it to:

  • Enable alert emails
  • Choose recipients
  • Choose risk levels that trigger alerts
  • Send test emails
  • Review alert history

How to use

  1. Open Spam Monitor.
  2. Go to Alerts.
  3. Add recipient email addresses.
  4. Select risk levels.
  5. Send a test email.
  6. Save settings.

17. Scheduled Spam Monitoring

Scheduled Spam Monitoring runs Google SERP scans automatically.

Find it in:

Spam Monitor → Settings

Use it to:

  • Enable scheduled scans
  • Choose frequency
  • Choose scan depth
  • Set run time
  • Include subdomains
  • Run schedule manually for testing
  • Reset schedule settings

Available frequency options

  • Every 10 minutes, testing only
  • Every day, recommended
  • Every 3 days
  • Every week
  • Every 2 weeks
  • Every month

Recommended setup

For most websites:

  • Frequency: Every day
  • Scan depth: 3 requests / up to 30 records
  • Include subdomains: enabled if your site uses subdomains
  • Alerts: enabled for spam and critical findings

18. Spam Monitor Settings

Settings contains production and provider-related controls.

Use it to:

  • Review provider connection status
  • Review scheduled monitoring settings
  • Configure simple automation options
  • Reset schedule settings

Provider note

Free users can use the SEO Repair Kit trial provider. Paid Spam Monitor users can connect supported SERP providers where supported by their plan, such as:

  • Serper.dev
  • SERP API
  • DataForSEO

19. Meta Manager

Meta Manager controls SEO titles, meta descriptions, robots settings, and canonical settings.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Meta Manager

Main areas:

  • Global settings
  • Content type settings
  • Taxonomy settings
  • Archive settings
  • Advanced robots settings
  • Per-post/page SEO controls

How to use

  1. Open Meta Manager.
  2. Configure global homepage SEO settings.
  3. Set title separator.
  4. Configure default templates for posts and pages.
  5. Configure taxonomy templates.
  6. Configure archive settings.
  7. Save changes.

Dynamic tags

You can use template tags such as:

  • %title%
  • %excerpt%
  • %site_title%
  • %sep%
  • %current_date%
  • %current_day%
  • %month%
  • %year%

Best practice

Use templates for large sites, then manually override important pages.

Watch Meta Manager Video : https://youtu.be/pjqpTLDtw7s?si=1eSc-A_nfxKtyVbV


20. Post/Page SEO Panel

SEO Repair Kit adds SEO controls inside supported editors.

Use it to:

  • Set custom SEO title
  • Set custom meta description
  • Set canonical URL
  • Set robots directives
  • Preview how a page may appear in search

Supported workflows

  • Gutenberg editor
  • Classic editor
  • Elementor workflows where supported

21. Schema Manager

Schema Manager helps you create structured data for search engines.

Use it to create schema such as:

  • Article
  • News Article
  • Blog Posting
  • FAQ
  • Product
  • Event
  • Course
  • JobPosting
  • Review
  • Recipe
  • Local Business
  • Organization
  • Website
  • Author
  • Medical Condition

How to use

  1. Open Schema Manager.
  2. Choose schema type.
  3. Fill required fields.
  4. Map fields to content where needed.
  5. Preview the schema.
  6. Validate with Google Rich Results or Schema Validator.
  7. Save.

Best practice

Only add schema that matches visible page content. Incorrect schema can hurt trust and rich result eligibility.


22. KeyTrack

KeyTrack helps you view Google Search Console performance inside WordPress.

Use it to monitor:

  • Clicks
  • Impressions
  • CTR
  • Average position
  • Keyword/page trends
  • Search performance changes

How to use

  1. Connect Google Site Kit/Search Console.
  2. Open KeyTrack.
  3. Review performance data.
  4. Select keywords/pages to monitor.
  5. Review trends and reports.

Best practice

Use KeyTrack to identify pages that are losing clicks or impressions, then improve titles, descriptions, content, and internal links.

Watch KeyTrack Video : https://youtu.be/uiWgcazUDcc?si=_jnuY39oUNpGzxzj


23. Image Alt Text Manager

Alt Text Manager helps find images without alt text.

Use it to:

  • Identify missing alt text
  • Review images
  • Update alt text
  • Improve accessibility and image SEO

How to use

  1. Open Alt Text Manager.
  2. Filter images by missing alt text.
  3. Add clear, descriptive alt text.
  4. Save updates.

Best practice

Describe the image naturally. Avoid keyword stuffing.


24. Sitemap Manager

Sitemap Manager controls what appears in the WordPress core sitemap.

Use it to:

  • Enable/disable sitemap control
  • Include/exclude post types
  • Include/exclude taxonomies
  • Keep the sitemap focused on valuable content

How to use

  1. Open Sitemap Manager.
  2. Enable SEO Repair Kit sitemap control.
  3. Select post types to include.
  4. Select taxonomies to include.
  5. Save settings.
  6. Check your sitemap URL, usually /wp-sitemap.xml.

Best practice

Exclude low-value or private content from the sitemap.


25. Bot Manager

Bot Manager helps manage crawler access.

Use it to:

  • Edit robots.txt
  • Validate robots.txt
  • Generate llms.txt
  • Manage AI crawler access
  • Allow or block selected bots

Robots.txt

Robots.txt tells crawlers which parts of your site they can access.

llms.txt

llms.txt helps AI systems understand important public information about your website.

How to use

  1. Open Bot Manager.
  2. Review robots.txt.
  3. Add or adjust rules carefully.
  4. Generate llms.txt if needed.
  5. Save.
  6. Test /robots.txt and /llms.txt in a browser.

Best practice

Be careful with Disallow rules. Blocking important pages can harm search visibility.


26. AI Chatbot

AI Chatbot provides SEO assistance inside the plugin where available by plan.

Use it to:

  • Ask SEO questions
  • Get content suggestions
  • Review optimization ideas
  • Get help understanding SEO issues

How to use

  1. Open AI Chatbot.
  2. Ask a clear question.
  3. Review the answer.
  4. Apply suggestions carefully.

Best practice

Use AI help as guidance, not as a replacement for reviewing your site manually.


27. Weekly SEO Summary

Weekly SEO Summary sends email reports with important site health information.

Reports may include:

  • Search performance
  • Link health
  • Spam Monitor status
  • Alt text coverage
  • Redirect insights
  • 404 status

How to use

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit settings.
  2. Enable weekly summaries if available.
  3. Confirm recipient email.
  4. Save settings.

28. SEO Repair Kit Settings

Settings control general plugin behavior.

Use it to:

  • Choose post types for scan features
  • Configure notification email
  • Manage available feature preferences
  • Review plugin options

Best practice

After installation, open Settings once and confirm your preferred scan scope and email address.


29. Upgrade to Pro / Customize Plan

The Upgrade to Pro page shows your plan and available modules.

Use it to:

  • Check license status
  • Upgrade to paid modules
  • Customize your plan
  • Clear license cache if your plan status looks outdated
  • Review included features

Clear License Cache

Use this button only when your license status looks outdated.

It clears the local license status cache so the plugin can fetch fresh license information.


30. Recommended First-Time Setup Checklist

After installing SEO Repair Kit:

  1. Open the main dashboard.
  2. Review your plan status.
  3. Open Settings and confirm scan post types.
  4. Run your first Links Scan.
  5. Check 404 Monitor.
  6. Configure Auto Scan if you want recurring link checks.
  7. Open Meta Manager and set global title/description templates.
  8. Review Sitemap Manager.
  9. Review Bot Manager robots.txt and llms.txt.
  10. If Spam Monitor is active, run your first Google SERP Scan.
  11. Configure Spam Monitor Alerts.
  12. Enable Scheduled Spam Monitoring if needed.
  13. Review weekly email/report settings.

31. Daily / Weekly SEO Maintenance Workflow

Daily

  • Check Spam Monitor dashboard for critical indexed spam.
  • Review urgent 404s.
  • Check notifications if alerts were sent.

Weekly

  • Run or review link scans.
  • Review KeyTrack performance.
  • Fix broken links.
  • Convert important 404s into redirects.
  • Check Spam Monitor scan history.
  • Review sitemap and bot settings if content structure changed.

Monthly

  • Review Meta Manager templates.
  • Review Schema Manager output.
  • Clear old logs if needed.
  • Export important records for backup/reporting.
  • Review plan/module needs.

32. Troubleshooting

License status looks wrong

Use Clear License Cache on the Upgrade page, then refresh.

Spam Monitor scan does not run

Check:

  • Your domain is a public live domain.
  • Provider/trial access is available.
  • Spam Rules are saved/synced.
  • You have enough SERP requests.

No Search Console data in KeyTrack

Check:

  • Google Site Kit is installed and connected.
  • Search Console property is connected.
  • Your user has permission to access the data.

/llms.txt does not show

Check:

  • Bot Manager has saved llms.txt content.
  • Permalinks are working.
  • No other plugin/server rule is redirecting the URL.

Broken links scan is slow

Try:

  • Smaller batch size
  • Fewer post types
  • Lower links per run
  • Auto Scan instead of one large manual scan

33. Safety Tips

  • Always review suspicious URLs before deleting or redirecting.
  • Use redirects only when there is a relevant target page.
  • Avoid blocking important pages in robots.txt.
  • Validate schema before relying on rich results.
  • Keep backups before large cleanup work.
  • For client sites, export reports before clearing logs.

34. Glossary

SERP

Search Engine Results Page. In SEO Repair Kit, SERP usually means Google indexed results checked by Spam Monitor.

404

A page-not-found error. It happens when a URL does not exist.

Redirect

A rule that sends visitors and bots from one URL to another.

Meta title

The SEO title search engines may show in search results.

Meta description

The short description search engines may show under a search result.

Schema

Structured data that helps search engines understand content.

Robots.txt

A file that gives crawler instructions.

llms.txt

A file intended to help AI systems understand important website information.


35. Simple Recommended Workflow for Most Users

If you are not technical, follow this simple order:

  1. Run Links Scan.
  2. Fix broken links.
  3. Check 404 Monitor.
  4. Add redirects for important missing pages.
  5. Set SEO titles and descriptions in Meta Manager.
  6. Review Sitemap Manager.
  7. Review Bot Manager.
  8. Run Spam Monitor if available.
  9. Turn on alerts and scheduled scans.
  10. Review weekly reports.

This workflow covers the biggest practical SEO maintenance tasks without requiring technical SEO knowledge.

Configure AI-Powered Internal Linking

Configure AI-Powered Internal Linking

SEO Repair Kit provides an AI processing layer for discovering internal link opportunities based on content meaning and context.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Settings → AI Settings

[Add Screenshot: AI Settings section]

In this guide

  • Enabling the AI Engine
  • Setting AI Batch Size
  • Configuring the AI API Key
  • Testing the connection
  • Running the AI pipeline
  • Understanding AI analysis status

Enable AI Engine

Turn on:

Enable AI Engine

to enable AI-based Internal Linking processing.

The AI workflow is used to find potential internal-link opportunities based on the meaning and context of website content.

AI Batch Size

Set the number of content items processed in each background AI batch.

The current interface shows a supported range of:

5–10

AI API Key

Enter the API key required by the configured AI workflow.

After entering or changing the key, save the settings.

Important: Do not publish an unmasked API key in screenshots or public documentation.

Test the Connection

Click:

Test Connection

to verify the configured AI connection.

Run the AI Pipeline

Click:

Run AI Pipeline Now

to start the AI processing workflow.

Content Intelligence Overview

The AI Analysis Status area displays:

Content Analyzed

Content that already has a ready AI embedding.

Waiting to Analyze

Content still waiting for AI processing.

AI Link Opportunities

Link opportunities selected through AI processing.

AI Content Analysis

The progress area shows how much content has been analyzed.

AI Link Opportunity Discovery

The second progress area shows progress for checking analyzed content and discovering opportunities.

Once AI processing produces opportunities, they can appear alongside other suggestions in Link Opportunities.

Plan Purchase

Buy a Plan

Set Your Password

Log In to My Account

Recover Your Account

Understand Your Account Dashboard

View Your Purchases

Connect Your WordPress Site

Add More Websites

Transfer a License

Log Out

Common Help

Contact Support

Internal Linking FAQs

Do I need to index my website before using Link Opportunities?

Yes. Internal Linking relies on indexed content to understand your website content and link structure. Run or refresh the Content Index before generating opportunities when your index is outdated.

What is the difference between Rule-Based and AI suggestions?

Rule-Based opportunities use configured keywords and matching rules.

AI opportunities use the AI processing layer to identify potential relationships based on content meaning and context.

Can I use Internal Linking without enabling the AI Engine?

Yes. The interface supports Rule-Based suggestions independently. Rule-Based suggestions can be available even when AI processing has not been completed.

Can I edit anchor text before inserting a link?

Yes. In the WordPress editor, click Edit Anchor, modify the selected anchor text, and click Save Change before applying the link.

Can a suggestion have more than one target?

Where multiple target options are available, the interface can provide multiple possible destinations. Review the target before applying the link.

What is orphan content?

Orphan content is content with no inbound internal links. SEO Repair Kit also separates low-inbound and healthy content in the Orphan Content workflow.

How do I find links for an orphan page?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Orphan Content

Locate the content and click Find Opportunities.

Can I ignore an orphan page?

Yes. Use Ignore when you intentionally do not want the content included in active orphan-content review.

What does Auto Linking do?

Auto Linking lets you create a keyword/anchor text → destination URL rule, find matching content, and apply links according to the configured rule.

What is the difference between Manual and Auto selection in Auto Linking?

Manual lets you review matching content and choose which matches to apply.

Auto uses the automatic selection workflow according to the rule configuration.

Can I restrict an Auto Linking rule?

Yes. Rule Settings provide controls for link limits, priority, publication date, target post types, published targets, categories, and tags.

Should I run a Dry Scan before using URL Changer?

Yes. Run a Dry Scan and review the affected content before performing the actual URL replacement.

Can URL Changer undo a replacement?

The current URL Changer interface indicates that rollback information is stored and Undo is supported.

What does the Domains Report show?

The Domains Report groups external links discovered during content indexing by domain and provides actions for reviewing associated posts and links.

Where can I see links inserted through Internal Linking?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Approved Links

This area tracks links managed through Internal Linking workflows.

How do I control which content Internal Linking processes?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Settings → General Settings → Content Scope

Configure:

  • Post Types Whitelist
  • Taxonomies Whitelist
  • Process Post Statuses

Can I prevent Internal Linking from processing headings?

Yes. Enable Skip Headings (H1–H6) under General Settings.

Can I control where target keywords come from?

Yes. Under Target Keyword Sources, you can configure:

  • Post Title
  • URL Slug
  • Taxonomies
  • Custom Keywords

Where can I analyze my website’s linking structure?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Reports

The Reports area provides dedicated views for internal links, external links, domains, anchor text, top linked pages, orphan content, Auto Linking, and URL Changer history.

Packages Guide

This guide explains the SEO Repair Kit plans in simple words so customers can choose the right package.

What SEO Repair Kit Helps With

SEO Repair Kit is built around this idea:

Scan. Fix. Monitor.

It helps website owners find SEO problems, fix important issues, and keep monitoring their websites.

Main Package Types

SEO Repair Kit has two main ways to buy:

– Complete Packages: best when you want the full SEO Repair Kit toolset.

– Individual Modules: best when you only need one specific tool.

Complete Packages

Complete Packages include the full SEO Repair Kit toolset for a set number of websites.

Individual Package

Freelancer Package

Studio Package

What Is Included in Complete Packages.

Individual Modules

AI Chatbot Access

Monthly vs Yearly Billing

Website Seats

Staging Websites

Which Plan Should I Choose?

Simple Recommendation

For most single website owners:

Individual Complete

For freelancers:

Freelancer

For growing agencies:

Studio

For larger agencies:

Agency

For platforms and large networks:

Enterprise

Important Notes

Prices can be monthly or yearly depending on the selected billing option.

– Complete Packages are usually better value than buying all modules separately.

– Studio is the Most Popular plan.

– Enterprise may need sales or onboarding review.

– Existing lifetime customers may keep previous commitments, but new lifetime Complete or Spam Monitor licenses are not sold.

– Your active plan, licenses, and connected websites can be viewed from `https://seorepairkit.com/my-account/`.

Internal Linking

Getting Started

Internal Linking helps you find and manage relevant internal links between your website pages.

Open:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking

Main areas:

  • Dashboard
  • Content Index
  • Target Keywords
  • Link Opportunities
  • Approved Links
  • Orphan Content
  • Reports
  • Settings

For normal content editing, we recommend checking Internal Linking Suggestions directly inside the post/page editor.

Use the Link Opportunities tab when you want to generate and review opportunities across the full website.

How to Use

  1. Open SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking.
  2. Review your Internal Linking settings.
  3. Index your website content.
  4. Add or review Target Keywords.
  5. Open the post or page you want to edit.
  6. Review Internal Linking Suggestions inside the editor.
  7. Check the suggested anchor text and target page.
  8. Apply relevant suggestions directly while editing.
  9. Use Link Opportunities when you want to generate opportunities for the full website.
  10. Review Approved Links, Orphan Content, and Reports when needed.

Recommended workflow

For regular content updates, use Editor-level Suggestions.

Use Link Opportunities mainly when you want to scan and generate opportunities across multiple posts and pages.

Best practice

Only apply suggestions when the anchor text and target page are relevant to the content being edited.

Watch Internal Linking Video Guide

Watch the Internal Linking Video Guide

Step By Step Guide

Step 1: Open Internal Linking

Go to your WordPress dashboard and navigate to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking

The Dashboard gives you a quick overview of Internal Linking activity.


Step 2: Review Settings

Open the Settings tab.

Review the available options for:

  • Internal Linking
  • Language
  • Ignore words
  • Content settings
  • Auto Linking
  • AI settings

Save your settings.

Internal Linking General Setting
Internal Linking AI Setting

Step 3: Index Your Content

Open the Content Index tab.

Content Index prepares your website content for Internal Linking analysis.

Use it to:

  • Index posts and pages
  • Review indexed content
  • Refresh the index when content changes

Complete the Content Index before using Internal Linking Suggestions.


Step 4: Add Target Keywords

Open the Target Keywords tab.

Target Keywords help define the main topic of your content.

Use it to:

  • Add a target keyword
  • Review existing keywords
  • Update keywords when the page topic changes

Use a keyword that accurately represents the page content.


Step 5: Open a Post or Page

Go to:

WordPress → Posts or Pages → Edit

Open the content you want to improve.

SEO Repair Kit will show available Internal Linking Suggestions inside the editor.

This is the recommended way to review suggestions while working on individual content.

Review the suggestions shown for the current post or page.

Check:

  • Suggested anchor text
  • Target page
  • Content relevance

Only apply links that naturally fit the content.

If the suggestion is relevant, use the available action to apply it.

After applying the link, review the content to make sure:


Step 8: Generate Full-Site Opportunities

If you want to review Internal Linking opportunities across the whole website, go to:

Internal Linking → Link Opportunities

You can generate:

  • Rule-Based Opportunities
  • AI Link Opportunities

Use this option when you want to analyze multiple indexed posts and pages together.

After generation is complete, review:

  • Source page
  • Anchor text
  • Target page
  • Relevance

Approve or apply only useful suggestions.

For normal page-by-page editing, Editor-level Suggestions are recommended instead.


Step 10: Review Approved Links

Open the Approved Links tab.

Use it to review links that have already been approved.

You can check:

  • Source page
  • Anchor text
  • Target page
  • Link status

Step 11: Check Orphan Content

Open the Orphan Content tab.

Orphan Content helps identify pages that need more incoming internal links.

To improve an important orphan page:

  1. Find a related post or page.
  2. Edit that content.
  3. Add a natural internal link to the orphan page.

Step 12: Review Reports

Open the Reports tab.

Use Reports to review Internal Linking activity and overall progress.

FAQs

What does Internal Linking do?

Internal Linking helps you find and manage relevant links between pages on your website.

Where should I normally check Internal Linking Suggestions?

We recommend checking suggestions directly inside the post or page editor while working on your content.

What is the Link Opportunities tab used for?

Use the Link Opportunities tab when you want to generate and review opportunities across the full website.

Do I need to use Link Opportunities for every post?

No. For normal editing, use the suggestions available directly inside the editor.

Do I need to run Content Index first?

Yes. Content Index prepares your website content for Internal Linking analysis.

What are Target Keywords?

Target Keywords define the main topic or keyword associated with your content.

Do Target Keywords help with Internal Linking Suggestions?

Yes. Relevant Target Keywords can help the system understand the focus of your pages.

What is a Link Opportunity?

A Link Opportunity is a suggested internal link between a source page and a relevant target page.

What is the difference between Editor Suggestions and Link Opportunities?

Editor Suggestions are designed for the post or page you are currently editing.

Link Opportunities are used when you want to generate opportunities across the full website.

What is the difference between Rule-Based and AI Link Opportunities?

Rule-Based Opportunities use content matching and Internal Linking rules.

AI Link Opportunities use AI-assisted analysis to find relevant relationships between pages.

Does Rule-Based Internal Linking require AI?

No.

Can I use Rule-Based and AI Opportunities together?

Yes.

Should I apply every suggestion?

No. Always review the anchor text, target page, and surrounding content first.

What is Orphan Content?

Orphan Content identifies pages that have little or no incoming internal links.

How do I improve Orphan Content?

Find a related page, open it in the editor, and add a relevant internal link to the orphan page.

What are Approved Links?

Approved Links lets you review Internal Linking suggestions that have already been approved.

What is Auto Linking?

Auto Linking automatically adds eligible internal links according to your configured settings.

Why are no Editor Suggestions showing?

Check that:

  • Internal Linking is enabled
  • Your content has been indexed
  • Relevant content exists
  • Target Keywords are configured where needed
  • Your Internal Linking settings are correct

When should I generate full-site Link Opportunities?

Use full-site generation when:

  • You have indexed many new pages
  • You want to improve Internal Linking across the website
  • You want to find missed linking opportunities
  • You want to run Rule-Based or AI analysis across multiple pages

When should I refresh the Content Index?

Refresh it after publishing new content or making major changes to existing pages.

What is the recommended workflow?

For normal content work:

Content Index → Target Keywords → Edit Post/Page → Review Editor Suggestions → Apply Relevant Links

For full-site analysis:

Content Index → Target Keywords → Link Opportunities → Generate Opportunities → Review and Apply

Internal Linking Overview

Internal Linking Overview

SEO Repair Kit’s Internal Linking feature helps you understand and manage how pages and posts on your website connect with each other.

You can use it to index content, manage target keywords, discover link opportunities, create automatic linking rules, identify orphan content, review approved links, change URLs across content, and analyze your internal linking structure.

In this guide

  • How to access Internal Linking
  • Internal Linking navigation
  • Recommended Internal Linking workflow

How to Access Internal Linking

  1. Sign in to your WordPress Admin Dashboard.
  2. Go to SEO Repair Kit.
  3. Click Internal Linking.
Internal Linking Dashboard

Internal Linking Navigation

The Internal Linking module contains the following areas:

Dashboard

Provides an overview of your internal linking activity and website linking structure.

Content Index

Indexes website content and records internal and external link information.

Target Keywords

Manages keywords associated with target pages.

Link Opportunities

Displays potential internal links between related content.

Auto Linking

Creates keyword-to-URL rules for automatic internal linking.

URL Changer

Finds and replaces matching URLs across website content.

Approved Links

Tracks links inserted through Internal Linking workflows.

Orphan Content

Identifies content with few or no inbound internal links.

Reports

Provides reports about different parts of your website’s linking structure.

Settings

Controls Internal Linking processing, matching rules, content scope, and AI processing.

Recommended: Start by indexing your website content. Once the index is ready, review your target keywords and generate link opportunities.

Index Your Website Content

Index Your Website Content

Before SEO Repair Kit can analyze your internal linking structure, it needs to index your website content.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Content Index

The Content Index contains:

  • Indexed Content
  • Domains Report

In this guide

  • How to scan your website content
  • How to understand indexed content
  • How to review external domains

Run a Website Content Scan

The summary cards display:

  • Total Indexed
  • Pages
  • Posts
  • CPT Items

Under Website Content Scan, you can view the current scan status and progress.

To refresh your content index:

  1. Open Content Index.
  2. Click Start Scanning.
  3. Allow SEO Repair Kit to process your website content.
  4. Monitor the progress until processing completes.

A Pause option is also available while applicable.

[Add Screenshot: Content Index – Indexed Content section]

Understand Indexed Content

The Indexed Content table provides information about individual pages and posts.

Post Title

Displays the indexed content item.

Type

Identifies the content type, such as Post or Page.

Status

Displays the current content status.

Word Count

Shows the recorded word count.

Inbound Internal

Shows internal links pointing to the content item.

Outbound Internal

Shows internal links from the content item to other content on your website.

Outbound External

Shows links from the content item to external websites.

Last Indexed

Shows when the item was last indexed.

Actions

Provides available actions for reviewing or managing the indexed item.

View the Domains Report

Inside Content Index, select:

Domains Report

The Domains Report groups indexed external links by domain.

[Add Screenshot: Content Index – Domains Report]

The table contains:

  • Domain
  • Posts
  • Links
  • Actions

View Posts

Click View Posts to inspect content associated with the selected domain.

View Links

Click View Links to inspect links associated with that domain.

Refresh the Content Index when you need updated link information.

Manage Target Keywords

Manage Target Keywords

Target Keywords help SEO Repair Kit associate words and phrases with particular website pages.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Target Keywords

[Add Screenshot: Target Keywords Engine]

In this guide

  • Understanding keyword coverage
  • Target keyword sources
  • Searching keywords
  • Managing target keywords
  • Refreshing keyword information

Understand the Target Keywords Summary

The summary cards display:

Post Coverage

Shows how much indexed content currently has keyword coverage.

Total Keywords

Shows the total number of available target keywords.

Custom/Manual

Shows keywords that have been manually configured.

GSC Impressions

Displays available Google Search Console impression data where applicable.

Target Keyword Sources

Available source filters include:

  • All
  • Title
  • Slug
  • Taxonomy
  • Custom

The available keyword information depends on the keyword sources configured in Internal Linking settings.

Search for Keywords

Use the search field to search by:

  • Post title
  • Keyword

Then click Filter.

Understand the Keyword Table

Target Post

The page associated with the keywords.

Active Keywords

Keywords currently associated with that target.

Clicks

Displays available click data.

Impr.

Displays available impression data.

CTR

Displays click-through rate data where available.

Avg. Pos

Displays average position data where available.

Actions

Provides the Manage action for the selected target.

Refresh Target Keywords

Click Refresh Keywords when you need SEO Repair Kit to refresh keyword information from the configured sources.

Use Internal Linking in the WordPress Editor

Use Internal Linking in the WordPress Editor

SEO Repair Kit provides Internal Linking suggestions directly while editing content.

Open a supported post in the WordPress editor, open the SEO Repair Kit sidebar, and select:

Internal Linking

In this guide

  • Scanning the current post
  • Understanding suggestion status
  • Reviewing suggestions
  • Editing anchor text
  • Applying a link
  • Managing target keywords

Scan the Current Post

Under Link Opportunities, click:

Scan Current Post

SEO Repair Kit analyzes the current content and displays available opportunities.

[Add Screenshot: WordPress Editor – Internal Linking sidebar]

Suggestion Status

The panel displays the current status of:

  • Rule-Based
  • AI-Powered
  • AI Coverage

If AI processing has not completed, Rule-Based suggestions can still be available while AI-Powered suggestions remain pending.

The AI Settings link provides access to the AI configuration.

Review an Editor Suggestion

Suggestion cards can display:

  • Suggestion type
  • Match quality
  • Score
  • Source sentence or context
  • Highlighted anchor
  • Target option
  • Edit Anchor
  • Apply Link

If multiple target options are available, review the available destinations before applying the link.

Edit Anchor Text

Click Edit Anchor.

The Edit Anchor Selection window opens.

[Add Screenshot: Edit Anchor Selection window]

Context Preview

Shows the surrounding content and currently selected anchor.

Selected Anchor Text

Allows you to modify the selected anchor.

After editing:

  1. Click Save Change.
  2. Review the updated suggestion.
  3. Apply the link when ready.

Apply the Link

When the anchor and target are correct, click:

Apply Link

The selected internal link is then applied through the editor workflow.

Target Keywords in the Editor

The sidebar also provides a Target Keywords section.

Detected Keywords

Displays keywords detected for the current content.

Custom Keywords

Enter a keyword under Add custom keyword… and click Add.

Create Auto Linking Rules

Create Auto Linking Rules

Auto Linking lets you create keyword-to-URL rules and find matching content for those rules.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Auto Linking

[Add Screenshot: Auto Linking Rules screen]

In this guide

  • Understanding Auto Linking statistics
  • Creating an Auto Linking rule
  • Choosing Manual or Auto mode
  • Configuring Rule Settings
  • Scanning matching content
  • Applying selected links

Auto Linking Summary

The page displays:

  • Total Rules
  • Active Rules
  • Active Links
  • Removed Links

Create a Rule

Under Create Rule, configure the following:

Keyword / Anchor Text

Enter the phrase that should be matched.

For example:

SEO audit

Destination URL

Enter the target URL for the internal link.

Selection Mode

Choose between:

Manual

Allows you to review matching content and choose where the link should be applied.

Auto

Uses the automatic selection workflow according to the configured rule.

Case Sensitive

Enable Case sensitive when capitalization must match the configured keyword.

Configure Rule Settings

Click:

Rule Settings

[Add Screenshot: Auto Linking – Rule Settings window]

Max Links Per Post

Limits the number of automatic links inserted into one source post.

Max Links Per Keyword

Controls the number of links allowed for the keyword according to the rule.

Default Link Priority

Controls processing priority when multiple keywords match the same sentence.

Published After Date

Restricts content according to the selected publication date.

Target Post Types

Choose the content types the rule can work with.

Available content types depend on the WordPress installation.

Add Link if Post Already Has This Link?

Controls whether another link can be added when the source content already contains the link.

Only Create Internal Links When Target Is Published?

Restricts the rule to published target content when enabled.

Restrict Auto Links to Specific Categories

Limits Auto Linking according to selected categories.

Restrict Auto Links to Specific Tags

Limits Auto Linking according to selected tags.

Create and Scan the Rule

After configuring the rule, click:

Create & Scan Rule

Matching content appears under:

Content Matches Found

Review the matching content and click:

Apply Selected

to apply selected matches.

The interface also provides Remove Rule Links for removing links associated with a rule when applicable.

Important: Review your Auto Linking rules before applying links across multiple content items.

Change Internal URLs with URL Changer

Change Internal URLs with URL Changer

The Global URL Changer replaces matching URLs across website content using a review-first workflow.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → URL Changer

[Add Screenshot: Global URL Changer screen]

In this guide

  • Entering the old URL
  • Entering the replacement URL
  • Running a Dry Scan
  • Replacing URLs
  • Reviewing URL Change Logs

Enter the Old URL

Under Old URL or Path, enter the URL or path you want to find.

Enter the New URL

Under New URL or Path, enter its replacement.

Run a Dry Scan

Before making the actual change, click:

Run Dry Scan

Review the affected content before performing the replacement.

Replace the URL

After reviewing the Dry Scan results, click:

Replace URL

The URL Changer workflow can:

  • Search post content
  • Preview affected posts
  • Replace matching href URLs
  • Store rollback information
  • Re-index changed posts
  • Support Undo

URL Change Logs

Completed URL operations are recorded under URL Change Logs.

The table includes:

  • Old URL
  • New URL
  • Affected Posts
  • Links Changed
  • Failed
  • Status
  • Actions

Important: Run a Dry Scan before replacing a URL, especially when the URL may appear across multiple content items.

Find and Fix Orphan Content

Find and Fix Orphan Content

The Orphan Content area helps identify pages with insufficient inbound internal links.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Orphan Content

[Add Screenshot: Orphan Content Discovery screen]

In this guide

  • Understanding orphan-content status
  • Refreshing orphan status
  • Filtering content
  • Finding link opportunities
  • Ignoring selected content

Understand the Summary

Content is grouped into:

Critical Orphans

Content classified as critical based on its current inbound-link state.

Low Inbound

Content with a low number of inbound internal links.

Healthy Content

Content with a healthier inbound-link state.

Ignored Items

Content intentionally excluded from active orphan-content review.

Refresh Orphan Status

Click:

Refresh Orphan Status

to update the current classification using available indexed data.

Filter by Risk Level

Use the Risk Level selector and click Filter.

Understand the Table

The table contains:

  • Post/Page Title
  • Type
  • Inbound Links
  • Risk Level
  • Actions

Find Opportunities

Click Find Opportunities for an item when you want to find potential internal links for that content.

Ignore an Item

Click Ignore when you intentionally do not want an item included in active orphan-content review.

View Internal Linking Reports

View Internal Linking Reports

The Reports area provides different views of your website’s internal and external linking structure.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Reports

[Add Screenshot: Internal Linking – Smart Reports screen]

In this guide

  • Internal Links Report
  • External Links Report
  • Domains Report
  • Anchor Text Report
  • Top Linked Pages
  • Orphan Content Report
  • Auto-Link Report
  • URL Changer History

Internal Links Report

Shows internal-link counts and distribution.

External Links Report

Provides information about outbound links.

Domains Report

Analyzes external domains discovered during indexing.

Anchor Text Report

Provides information about internal-link anchor text.

Top Linked Pages

Helps identify pages receiving the most internal links.

Orphan Content Report

Provides a dedicated view of weakly linked or unlinked content.

Auto-Link Report

Provides information about Auto Linking rules and their links.

URL Changer History

Provides logs for URL replacement operations.

Use View Report or Go to Report on the required report card.

Configure Internal Linking Settings

Configure Internal Linking Settings

Internal Linking settings control which content SEO Repair Kit processes and how links, keywords, suggestions, and anchors are handled.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Settings → General Settings

In this guide

  • General Settings
  • Stop / Ignore Words
  • Content Scope
  • Link Controls & Timeline
  • Matching Rules
  • Target Keyword Sources
  • Content Processing

General Settings

Enable Internal Linking

Globally enables or disables the Internal Linking module.

Enable Auto Linking

Enables the automatic linking workflow.

Skip Existing Links

Prevents existing linked text from being processed as a new linking location.

Skip Headings (H1–H6)

Excludes headings from applicable Internal Linking processing.

Skip HTML Blocks

Excludes applicable HTML blocks.

Batch Size

Controls the number of items handled in a processing batch.

[Add Screenshot: General Settings section]

Stop / Ignore Words

Content Language

Choose the language associated with the stop-word configuration.

Stop / Ignore Words

Enter words or phrases that should be ignored, one per line.

Saved changes apply to the currently selected language.

[Add Screenshot: Stop / Ignore Words section]

Content Scope

Post Types Whitelist

Choose which registered post types should be processed.

Taxonomies Whitelist

Choose which taxonomies should be included in the Internal Linking workflow.

Process Post Statuses

Available options include:

  • Publish
  • Draft
  • Pending

Choose the statuses you want Internal Linking to process.

[Add Screenshot: Content Scope section]

Link Controls & Timeline

Max Outbound Links / Post

Sets the maximum outbound-link limit per post.

Max Inbound Links / Post

Sets the maximum inbound-link limit per post.

The fields can remain empty where no applicable limit is required.

Suggestions Limit

Controls the number of suggestions returned.

The current interface provides a range of 1–50 suggestions.

Posts Older Than

Provides a date-based content restriction.

Posts Published After

Provides a publication-date boundary.

[Add Screenshot: Link Controls & Timeline section]

Matching Rules

Same Category Only

Restricts matching according to the same-category rule.

Link to Orphaned Only

Restricts matching toward orphaned content.

Ignore Numbers

Excludes numbers from applicable keyword matching.

Target Keyword Sources

Select which sources Internal Linking can use:

Post Title

Prioritizes anchors based on the post title.

URL Slug

Extracts keyword information from permalinks.

Taxonomies

Uses selected taxonomy information such as categories and tags.

Custom Keywords

Uses manually configured target keywords.

[Add Screenshot: Matching Rules and Target Keyword Sources sections]

Content Processing

Configure:

Skip N Sentences

Controls how many sentences should be skipped during applicable processing.

Skip N Paragraphs

Controls how many paragraphs should be skipped.

Min Anchor Words

Sets the minimum number of words for an anchor.

Max Anchor Words

Sets the maximum number of words for an anchor.

Max Keywords / Post

Controls the maximum number of keywords processed for a post.

[Add Screenshot: Content Processing section]

Save Your Settings

After changing the configuration, click:

Save Changes

Use Reset only when you intentionally want to reset the settings.

Configure AI-Powered Internal Linking

Configure AI-Powered Internal Linking

SEO Repair Kit provides an AI processing layer for discovering internal link opportunities based on content meaning and context.

Go to:

SEO Repair Kit → Internal Linking → Settings → AI Settings

[Add Screenshot: AI Settings section]

In this guide

  • Enabling the AI Engine
  • Setting AI Batch Size
  • Configuring the AI API Key
  • Testing the connection
  • Running the AI pipeline
  • Understanding AI analysis status

Enable AI Engine

Turn on:

Enable AI Engine

to enable AI-based Internal Linking processing.

The AI workflow is used to find potential internal-link opportunities based on the meaning and context of website content.

AI Batch Size

Set the number of content items processed in each background AI batch.

The current interface shows a supported range of:

5–10

AI API Key

Enter the API key required by the configured AI workflow.

After entering or changing the key, save the settings.

Important: Do not publish an unmasked API key in screenshots or public documentation.

Test the Connection

Click:

Test Connection

to verify the configured AI connection.

Run the AI Pipeline

Click:

Run AI Pipeline Now

to start the AI processing workflow.

Content Intelligence Overview

The AI Analysis Status area displays:

Content Analyzed

Content that already has a ready AI embedding.

Waiting to Analyze

Content still waiting for AI processing.

AI Link Opportunities

Link opportunities selected through AI processing.

AI Content Analysis

The progress area shows how much content has been analyzed.

AI Link Opportunity Discovery

The second progress area shows progress for checking analyzed content and discovering opportunities.

Once AI processing produces opportunities, they can appear alongside other suggestions in Link Opportunities.

Internal Linking FAQs

Do I need to index my website before using Link Opportunities?

Yes. Internal Linking relies on indexed content to understand your website content and link structure. Run or refresh the Content Index before generating opportunities when your index is outdated.

What is the difference between Rule-Based and AI suggestions?

Rule-Based opportunities use configured keywords and matching rules.

AI opportunities use the AI processing layer to identify potential relationships based on content meaning and context.

Can I use Internal Linking without enabling the AI Engine?

Yes. The interface supports Rule-Based suggestions independently. Rule-Based suggestions can be available even when AI processing has not been completed.

Can I edit anchor text before inserting a link?

Yes. In the WordPress editor, click Edit Anchor, modify the selected anchor text, and click Save Change before applying the link.

Can a suggestion have more than one target?

Where multiple target options are available, the interface can provide multiple possible destinations. Review the target before applying the link.

What is orphan content?

Orphan content is content with no inbound internal links. SEO Repair Kit also separates low-inbound and healthy content in the Orphan Content workflow.

How do I find links for an orphan page?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Orphan Content

Locate the content and click Find Opportunities.

Can I ignore an orphan page?

Yes. Use Ignore when you intentionally do not want the content included in active orphan-content review.

What does Auto Linking do?

Auto Linking lets you create a keyword/anchor text → destination URL rule, find matching content, and apply links according to the configured rule.

What is the difference between Manual and Auto selection in Auto Linking?

Manual lets you review matching content and choose which matches to apply.

Auto uses the automatic selection workflow according to the rule configuration.

Can I restrict an Auto Linking rule?

Yes. Rule Settings provide controls for link limits, priority, publication date, target post types, published targets, categories, and tags.

Should I run a Dry Scan before using URL Changer?

Yes. Run a Dry Scan and review the affected content before performing the actual URL replacement.

Can URL Changer undo a replacement?

The current URL Changer interface indicates that rollback information is stored and Undo is supported.

What does the Domains Report show?

The Domains Report groups external links discovered during content indexing by domain and provides actions for reviewing associated posts and links.

Where can I see links inserted through Internal Linking?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Approved Links

This area tracks links managed through Internal Linking workflows.

How do I control which content Internal Linking processes?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Settings → General Settings → Content Scope

Configure:

  • Post Types Whitelist
  • Taxonomies Whitelist
  • Process Post Statuses

Can I prevent Internal Linking from processing headings?

Yes. Enable Skip Headings (H1–H6) under General Settings.

Can I control where target keywords come from?

Yes. Under Target Keyword Sources, you can configure:

  • Post Title
  • URL Slug
  • Taxonomies
  • Custom Keywords

Where can I analyze my website’s linking structure?

Go to:

Internal Linking → Reports

The Reports area provides dedicated views for internal links, external links, domains, anchor text, top linked pages, orphan content, Auto Linking, and URL Changer history.